Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Solutions Term 3 Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry

Students can Download Science Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Book Solutions Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Solutions Term 3 Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Polymer Chemistry Textual Evaluation

I. Choose the correct answers :

Polymer Chemistry 7th Standard Question 1.
The first man-made fibre is ________
(a) Nylon
(b) Polyester
(c) Rayon
(d) Cotton
Answer:
(c) Rayon

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science 3rd Term Question 2.
Which of the following is the strongest?
(a) Rayon
(b) Nylon
(c) Acrylic
(d) Polyester
Answer:
(b) Nylon

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Term 3 Question 3.
When you place a natural fibre in a flame it ________
(a) melts
(b) burns
(c) gets nothing
(d) explodes
Answer:
(b) burns

Samacheer Kalvi 7th 3rd Term Science Question 4.
A synthetic fibre which has similar properties to wool is ________
(a) Nylon
(b) Polyester
(c) Acrylic
(d) PVC
Answer:
(c) Acrylic

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Books Science Term 3 Question 5.
A good application of plastic is the use of ________
(a) Blood bags
(b) Plastic cutlery
(c) Plastic straws
(d) Plastic carry bag
Answer:
(a) Blood bags

Question 6.
________ is non-biodegradable material.
(a) Paper
(b) A plastic bottle
(c) Cotton cloth
(d) Wool
Answer:
(d) Wool

Question 7.
PET is the acronym for ________
(a) Polyester
(b) Polyester and terylene
(c) Polyethylene terephthalate
(d) Polyetheneterylene
Answer:
(c) Polyethylene terephthalate

II. Fill in the blanks :

  1. ______ is an example of polyester fabric.
  2. ______ are used to identify different types of plastics.
  3. A ______ is a long chain made up of many repeated small units called monomers.
  4. The fully natural fibreis called ______
  5. A natural fibre obtained by boiling of cocoons is called ______

Answer:

  1. Raincoat
  2. Resin codes
  3. polymer
  4. plant fibre
  5. silk

III. True or False :

Question 1.
A lot of plastic pollutes our environment.
Answer:
True.

Question 2.
Refuse (avoid) is the best way to manage plastic.
Answer:
True.

Question 3.
It is good to wear clothes made of synthetic fibres while cooking.
Answer:
(False)
Correct statement: It is good to wear clothes made of fibres while cooking.

Question 4.
Degradable plastics break down into tiny pieces called microplastics.
Answer:
True.

Question 5.
Cotton is a natural polymer.
Answer:
True.

IV. Match the following :

AB
1. NylonThermoplastic
2. PVCThermosetting plastic
3. BakeliteFibre
4. TeflonWood pulp
5. RayonNon-stick cookwares

Answer:

AB
1. NylonFibre
2. PVCThermoplastic
3. BakeliteThermosetting plastic
4. TeflonNon-stick cookwares
5. RayonWood pulp

V. Arrange in Correct Sequence:

1. Mix water, starch, vinegar and glycerin in a cooking pot.
2. Let the article cool for 24 hours before we use it.
3. Shape material to form a cup or bowl.
4. Continuously mix on medium heat until the liquid turns clear.
5. When the liquid begins to bubble it is ready to be taken off the stove.
6. Spread the gel onto aluminium foil and cool.
Answer:
1. Mix water, starch, vinegar and glycerin in a cooking pot.
4. Continuously mix on medium heat until the liquid turns clear.
5. When the liquid begins to bubble it is ready to be taken off the stove.
6. Spread the gel onto aluminium foil and cool.
3. Shape material to form a cup or bowl.
2. Let the article cool for 24 hours before we use it.

VI. Analogy :

Question 1.
Cotton: natural:: Polyester: ______
Answer:
Synthetic.

Question 2.
PLA spoon :compostable:: Plastic spoon: ______
Answer:
Disposable.

Question 3.
Nylon :melts on heating:: Silk: ______
Answer:
Burns on heating.

VII. Assertion – Reason type question :

Option:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

Question 1.
Assertion (A) : Vegetable peels buried in the soil disappear within two weeks.
Reason (R) : Vegetable peels are compostable.
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 2.
Assertion (A) : It takes a very long time for nylon clothes to breakdown into microfibers but cotton clothes need only six months to decompose.
Reason (R) : Nylon made out of petrochemicals is non-biodegradable and cotton cloth is biodegradable.
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 3.
Assertion (A) : It is good to avoid plastics.
Reason (R) : Plastics end up polluting the environment.
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A

VIII. Crossword

Across
1. Fibre that is used as synthetic wool.
2. A plastic used for making water bottles.
3. A long chain made of small repeating monomers.
4. Another name for this semi-synthetic fibre is artificial silk.

Down:
5. A type of fibre that is naturally obtained from a cocoon.
6. A synthetic fibre classified as polyester.
7. A polymer used for making rope

Polymer Chemistry 7th Standard Samacheer Kalvi Science Solutions Term 3 Chapter 3

IX. Very short answer :

Question 1.
What is the chemical name of the polymers that make up cotton?
Answer:
Cellulose.

Question 2.
What gives plastic different qualities and characteristics?
Answer:
Different chemicals (additives) are added to plastic to give them various qualities and characteristics.

Question 3.
It is not advisable to burn plastic and synthetic fabrics. Why?
Answer:
Burning of plastics and synthetic fabrics is not a good solution, as we end up wasting non-renewable resources and produce super toxic chemicals that are difficult to store or dispose safely.

Question 4.
A bucket made of plastic does not rust like a bucket made of iron. Why?
Answer:

  1. The reason is due to their chemical composition.
  2. The bucket is made of plastic which does not react with the oxygen and humidity present in air.
  3. While the iron reacts with the oxygen, air corrodes to form rust.

Question 5.
Why is it better to avoid the use of plastic products?
Answer:

  1. Plastics do not decompose by natural processes and action of bacteria and are therefore not biodegradable.
  2. A lot of the plastic produced globally is designed to be used only once and thrown away, creating a large amount of plastic waste.
  3. Plastic waste ends up being recycled, incinerated, landfilled, dumped or ends up littering our environment.
  4. So, it is better to avoid the use of plastic products.

Question 6.
Give two examples of thermosetting plastics.
Answer:
Bakelite, Melamine.

Question 7.
What is the 5 R principle?
Answer:
Plastic disposal is the 5 R principle, Refuse, Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Recover is called as 5 R principle.

X. Short Answer :

Question 1.
What does the term biodegradable mean?
Answer:
A material that gets decomposed through natural processes and action by bacteria is called biodegradable

Question 2.
What kind of fabric is suitable to dress-up and play in summer? Why?
Answer:

  1. In summer it is better to wear clothing that is made out of cotton materials rather than synthetic.
  2. This is because most synthetic fibres absorb very little moisture and do not allow air circulation making them hot and uncomfortable to wear.

Question 3.
How do plastics impact animals and the environment?
Answer:

  1. The increase in the use of plastics, particularly the one-time use and throw away plasticshas serious impacts on the environment, animals and our health.
  2. We have seen garbage dumps with different plastics. One big problem with plastics is that they do not decompose or biodegrade.
  3. This leads to large amounts of waste that will not disappear and end up accumulating and polluting the environment.
  4. Many animals confuse plastic for food and eat it by accident. When leftover food is thrown away it is often packed in plastic. Animals smell the leftover food and eat the plastic by accident.

XI. Long Answer :

Question 1.
List the advantages and disadvantages of synthetic fibres.
Answer:
Advantages-and disadvantages of synthetic fibres.

Advantages of synthetic fibresDisadvantages of synthetic fibres
1.Do not wrinkle easily and they keep their colour and brightness for a much longer time than natural fibres such as cotton.synthetic fibres such as polyester is that they are not heat resistant and catch fire easily.
2.Using synthetic fibres such as nylon, is that they are stronger than many natural fibres such as silk or wool.Most synthetic fibres absorb very little moisture and do not allow air circulation making them hot and uncomfortable to wear.
3.These fibres are strong and elastic which gives it the properties to bounce.Synthetic fibres are made out of petrochemicals and last in the environment for a very long time. It break down into very small pieces called microplastics which cause pollution to soil and water bodies such as rivers, lakes and oceans.

Question 2.
Suggest safe methods of disposing plastics.
Answer:
Refuse (Avoid):

  1. The best thing to do is to avoid using plastic products.
  2. One-time use throw away plastics can often be avoided.

Reduce : Reducing the amount of plastic we use is important.
Reuse : If possible products made of plastics can be used again and again.
Recycle:

  1. It is better to recycle plastic waste.
  2. Separating plastic waste (based on the resin code) and making sure it gets recycled is good as it turns waste materials into something new.
  3. Then it will not be thrown away in landfills, open dumps or ending up as litter in the environment.
    Solid waste can be converted into resources such as electricity and compost through thermal and biological means.

XII. HOTS :

Question 1.
The Tamil Nadu Government has banned the use of one-time use throw away plastics. Why
do you think this is important?
Answer:
It is important to reduce the negative consequences of plastics on the environment.

Question 2.
A plastic bag dumped in the soil stays without breaking down for 500years. If a new generation starts in every 30 years, how many generations would it take to see the plastic bag finally broken down?
Answer:
It would take 16 to 17 generations to see the plastic bag finally broken down.

XIII.
Question 1.
Fill in the blanks :

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science 3rd Term Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry
Answer:

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Term 3 Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry

Question 2.
Look at the following picture and explain what is happening

Samacheer Kalvi 7th 3rd Term Science Solutions Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry
Answer:
A lot of one-time use plastic such as polythene bags and food packaging that are thrown away are responsible for littering the environment and clogging drains. Standing water breeds mosquitoes that can spread diseases such as malaria dengue and chickungunya and also lead to flooding.

Question 3.
Read the following information and convert them into a graph to compare the countries and the amount of plastic they use.
China contributes the highest share – that is around 28%, of the total plastic used globally. Indonesia uses 10%, both the Philippines and Vietnam use 6% each; Thailand uses 3.2%, Egypt 3%, Nigeria 2.7% and South Africa 2%.
Answer:

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Books Science Term 3 Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Polymer Chemistry Intext Activity

Activity – 2
How Strong is Nylon? Take an iron stand with a clamp. Take samples of cotton, wool, nylon and silk threads of about 50cm in length.
First tie cotton thread to the stand so that it hangs freely from it. At the free end, attach a CD as plate so that weights can be placed on it. Add weights starting from 10 grams one by one, until the thread breaks. Note down the total weight required to break the cotton thread. Repeat the same activity with the wool, silk and nylon threads. NOTE: All the varieties of threads should be of same thickness.

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Solutions Term 3 Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry

Question 1.
Arrange the threads in the order of increasing strength.
Answer:
Cotton, Wool, Silk, Nylon.

Question 2.
What do you infer from the above activity?
Answer:
Nylon thread is the strongest thread.

Question 3.
Which type of fibre is the strongest?
Answer:
Nylon.

Question 4.
Which type of fibre is the weakest?
Answer:
Cotton.

Activity – 4

Question 1.
Synthetic or Natural Fibres : The teacher can give the learner a piece of each and every type of fibre. The learner can feel the fibre and write down the name of the fibre and state whether it is natural or synthetic fibre.
Answer:

S.NoName of the fibreType of the fibre- Natural /Synthetic
1.JuteNatural
2.CottonNatural
3.RayonSynthetic
4.WoolNatural
5.PolyesterSynthetic

Question 2.
We have done four activities so far. Which activity helped you better to identify the type of fibre?
Answer:
Activity 3, 4

Activity – 5

Question 1.
What do you observe while the cotton cloth burns?
Answer:
The cotton cloth burns completely. Does not melt and has the odour of burning paper.

Question 2.
What do you observe while the polyester cloth burns?
Answer:
Polyester cloth melts on burning and giving off black smoke.

Activity – 6

Question 1.
We use an umbrella on rainy days. What kind of umbrella do we use?
Answer:
Nylon or Polyester

Question 2.
Which of these fabrics allows water to pass through?
Answer:
Cotton cloth allows water to pass through whereas umbrella cloth does not allow water to pass through.

Question 3.
Which of these fabrics dries the fastest? The cotton cloth or the umbrella cloth?
Answer:
Umbrella cloth dries the fastest.

Activity – 7

Question 1.
Right and wrong application of plastics.
Look at the list of eight plastic items. Decide which four plastic items are used for the right application and which four are used for the wrong application by filling in the chart below: Plastic items: straws, helmets, cutlery, thin carry bags, syringes, electrical wires,tea cups and blood bags

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Solutions Term 3 Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry

Answer:

Right applicationWrong application
HelmetsStraws
SyringesThin carry bags
Electrical wiresCutlery
Blood bagsTea cups

Activity – 8
Question 1.
Identify the different types of plastics.
Collect different kinds of plastic products and look carefully for the resin code and/or acronym on them. With the help of the resin code chart, mark the resin code number, acronym, if you think it is a safer, unsafe or questionable (when you cannot find the resin code in the article) type of plastic. What resin codes do you find? Is the resin code safer, un safe or questionable?
Answer:

ProductResin code numberAcronymCategory of safetyUse of product
Rain coat03PVCUnsafeDuring rain
Pens06PSUnsafeTo write

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Polymer Chemistry Additional Questions

I. Choose the correct answer.

Question 1.
Which of these is a natural fibre?
(a) Nylon
(b) Cotton
(c) Rayon
(d) Polyester
Answer:
(b) cotton

Question 2.
Which of these plastics is a polymer?
(a) Bakelite
(b) Polystyrene
(c) Polythene
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Question 3.
Which of these is not a property of plastics?
(a) Inflammable
(b) Bad conductor of heat
(c) Soluble in water
(d) Bad conductor
Answer:
(c) Soluble in water

Question 4.
Pick the synthetic fibre out of the following.
(a) Jute
(b) Cotton
(c) Nylon
(d) Wool

Question 5.
Which is a thermosetting plastic?
(a) Melamine
(b) Polythene
(c) PVC
(d) Nylon
Answer:
(a) Melamine

Question 6.
Which of the following is non – bio degradable?
(a) Plastic
(b) Paper
(c) Cotton cloth
(d) Wood
Answer:
(a) Plastic

Question 7.
The material similar to silk in appearance is.
(a) nylon
(b) rayon
(c) polyester
(d) terylene
Answer:
(b) rayon

Question 8.
The fibres such as rayon, nylon, polyester are obtained from
(a) natural resources
(b) chemical substances
(c) minerals
(d) plants and animals
Answer:
(b) chemicals substances

Question 9.
Which of the following fibres is considered as the strongest natural fibre?
(a) Cotton
(b) Jute
(c) Silk
(d) Wool
Answer:
(c) Silk

Question 10.
Which of the following is found in sanitary products?
(a) Nylon
(b) Wool
(c) Jute
(d) Rayon
Answer:
(d) Rayon

II. Fill in the Blanks.

  1. Polymers are very long chains made of repeating smaller molecules called ______
  2. All the ______ present in your body are polymers.
  3. ______ is made of sugar molecules and is the main component of cotton used in clothing.
  4. ______ and ______ are the building block monomers that make up many different types of plastics.
  5. ______ are long strands of polymers interwoven to form linear, string-like structures.
  6. Fibres that are made using raw materials from ______ are synthetic fibres.
  7. The cellulose dissolves in the chemicals added to it and produces syrup called ______
  8. Nylon is a plastic polymer made of chemical units called ______
  9. ______ is a synthetic fibre which is strong and elastic that it has the ability to bounce.
  10. Syringe that is made from a type of plastic called ______
  11. Edmund Alexander Parkes was the creator of the first plastic called .
  12. resists fire and can tolerate heat.
  13. Poly Lactic Acid or polylactide is and , thermoplastic.

Answer:

  1. monomers
  2. proteins
  3. Cellulose
  4. Ethylene, propylene
  5. Fibres
  6. petroleum
  7. Viscose
  8. Polyamides
  9. Trampoline
  10. polypropylene
  11. Parkesine
  12. Melamine
  13. Compostable, bioactive

III. True or False – if false, give the correct statement.

Question 1.
Polycot is a mixture of polyester and cotton.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
Polyamides are made with monomers.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Wool is the first fully processed synthetic fibre.
Answer:
Correct statement: is the first fully processed synthetic fibre.

Question 4.
Rayon is a fibre obtained by the chemical treatment of wood pulp.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Plastics are flexible and waterproof and some are even UV resistant.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
Bakelite and melamine are some examples of thermoplastics
Answer:
False
Correct statement: Bakelite and and melamine are some examples of thermosettingplastic

Question 7.
Polyvinyl chloride has heavy metals such as cadmium and lead which are toxic and harmful to our health.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
Plastics can be found in toothpaste, facewash and bodyscrubs.
Answer:
False
Correct statement : can be found in toothpaste, facewash and bodyscrubs.

Question 9.
Plastics are environment friendly.
Answer:
False
Correct statement: Plastics are not environment friendly.

Question 10.
Artificial fibres are stronger than natural fibres.
Answer:
True

Question 11.
Electric switches, plugs, sockets and handles of cooling utensils are made up of thermoplastics.
Answer:
Correct statement: Electric switches, plugs, sockets and handles of cooling utensils are made up of thermosetting plastic

IV. Match the following :

Question 1.

1.Teflon(a)Fabrics do not wrinkle easily
2.Nylon(b)Used to make non-stick cookwares
3.Polyester(c)Prepared by using pulp
4.Rayon(d)Used for making parachutes and stockings

Answer:

  1. b
  2. d
  3. a
  4. c

Question 2.

1.Nylon(a)Artificial silk
2.PET(b)Artificial wool
3.Rayon(c)Parachute
4.Acrylic(d)Polyester

Answer:

  1. c
  2. d
  3. a
  4. b

Question 3.

1.Plastic bags(a)Polyvinyl chloride
2.PVC(b)Natural fibre
3.Melamine(c)Non-bio degradable
4.Wood(d)Thermosetting plastic

Answer:

  1. c
  2. a
  3. d
  4. b

V. Very short answers:

Question 1.
What is the full form of PVC?
Answer:
Poly Vinyl Chloride.

Question 2.
Name a synthetic fibre which works like wool?
Answer:
Acrylic.

Question 3.
Plastic articles are available in all possible shapes and sizes. Why?
Answer:
Plastic is easily mouldable, so the articles can be made in any shape and size.

Question 4.
Name the unit used in the formation of a polymer.
Answer:
Monomer is the small unit used in the formation of a polymer.

Question 5.
Name the form of polyester which is replacing materials like glass and used for making bottles and jars.
Answer:
PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) is a form of polyester.

Question 6.
For making PVC pipes, which type of plastic is used?
Answer:
Thermoplastic.

Question 7.
Name the plastic. Which is coated on the uniform of fireman to make it fire resistant?
Answer:
Melamine is coated in the uniforms of fireman.

Question 8.
Name a natural polymer occuring in plants.
Answer:
Cellulose, Starch, etc.

Question 9.
On burning wool, why we get the small of burning of hair?
Answer:
Since, wool is made from hair of sheep, it gives smell of burning hair.

Question 10
What is polymerization?
Answer:
The process by which monomers are linked together by covalent bonds to form polymers is called polymerization.

VI. Short Answer.

Question 1.
Why is rayon called on artificial silk?
Answer:

  1. Rayon is a synthetic fibre having properties similar to that of silk.
  2. It was obtained by chemical treatment of wood pulp.
  3. That’s why, it is called an artificial silk.

Question 2.
What are the various methods of disposing plastics?
Answer:

  1. Refuse
  2. Reduce
  3. Recycle
  4. Recover

Question 3.
What is compostable plastic?
Answer:

  1. Plastics which are derived from renewable resources such as corn, sugar cane, avocado seeds or shrimp cells.
  2. It can be broken down completely by microbes and turned back into food for plants – COz, methane, water and other natural compounds.

Question 4.
Why do you think some animals eat plastic?
Answer:

  1. Many animals confuse plastic for food and eat it by accident.
  2. When leftover food is thrown away it is often packed in plastic.
  3. Animals smell the leftover food and eat the plastic by accident.

Question 5.
What do you mean by microplastics?
Answer:

  1. Synthetic fibres are made out of petrochemicals and last in the environment for a very long time.
  2. It break down into very small pieces called microplastics which cause pollution to soil and water bodies such as rivers, lakes and oceans.

Question 6.
Mention a few household products in which microbeads can found.
Answer:
Microbeads can be found in toothpaste, facewash and bodyscrubs.

Question 7.
What is thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics?
Answer:
Plastics which can be easily softened and bent when heated are known as thermoplastic . There are some plastics which once they are moulded, cannot be softened through heating them. These are called Thermo plastic

Question 8.
Hot foot stuff should not be kept in polythene containers. Why?
Answer:
Hot food stuff should not be kept in polythene containers since polythene is a thermoplastic.

Question 9.
Plastics have completely occupied our life. Why?
Answer:

  1. Plastics have completely occupied our life because of their characteristic qualities.
  2. Plastics have many positive qualities such as lightweight, strong and they can be moulded into complex shapes.
  3. They are also flexible and waterproof and some plastics are even UV resistant.
  4. Plastics are also cheap and convenient for us to use.

VII. Long Answer

Question 1.
Explain about plastic eating bacteria.
Answer:

  1. In 2016, scientists from Japan tested different bacteria from a bottle recycling plant and found that Ideonellasakaiens is 201-F6 could digest the plastic used to make single-use drinks bottles that are made of polyethylene terephthalate (PET).
  2. The bacteria works by secreting an enzyme known as ‘PETase’, that breaks down plastic into smaller molecules.
  3. These smaller molecules are then absorbed by the bacteria as a food source.
  4. The scale of the bacteria breaking down plastics is much slower and will therefore not solve the crisis we are facing.

Question 2.
Write a note on manufacturing of glass.
Answer:

  1. Glass is prepared by heating (SiO) silicondi-oxide until it melts, about 1700°C and Sodium Carbonatfe is added to it.
  2. Then it is cooled down really fast.
  3. When SiO2 silicondi-oxide melts, the silicon and oxygen atoms break out of their crystal structure.
  4. If we cooled it slowly, the atoms would slowly line up back into their crystalline arrangement.
  5. But if we cool the liquid fast enough, the atoms of the silica will be halted in their tracks, they won’t have time to line up, and they will be stuck in any old arrangement, with no order to the arrangement of the atoms.
  6. We call materials like this as amorphous.

Question 3.
Write the importance of rayon.
Answer:

  1. Some types of rayon are made from the short cotton fibres left on cotton seeds after ginning.
  2. Rayon is cheaper than silk, can be woven like natural silk fibre and can be dyed in a wide variety of colours.
  3. It can be mixed with cotton to make bed sheets or with wool in the production of carpets and home furnishing products.
  4. Rayon is also found in sanitary products, diapers, bandages and gauze for dressing

VIII. Complete the following crossword with the help of the clues provided:

Across:
5. First artificially made fibre.
6. Join together to form polymers.
7. Made of ester units.

Down:
1. Terylene and cotton blend.
2. An example of a thermosetting platics.
3. Artificially made fibres.
4. Used to make parachutes.

Samacheer Kalvi 7th Science Solutions Term 3 Chapter 3 Polymer Chemistry

IX. HOTS:

Question 1.
Ram took with him some nylon ropes, when he was going for rock climbing. Can you tell why he selected nylon ropes instead of ropes made up of cotton or jute?
Answer:

  1. Nylon ropes are strong, elastic and lighter as compared to cotton and jute ropes.
  2. A nylon thread is actually stronger than a steel wire of similar thickness.

Question 2.
Ramya loves to were the clothes made up of synthetic fibres. When she was working in kitchen, her mother advised her not to wear the synthetic clothes.

  1. Why Ramya’s mother advised her not to wear synthetic clothes while working in kitchen?
  2. Why Ramya loves to wear synthetic dress?

Answer:

  1. Synthetic fibres melt on heating. It the clothes catch fire, it can be disastrous. The fabric melts and sticks to the body of the person wearing it. So, she advised here not to wear synthetic clothes while working in kitchen.
  2. Ramya loves to wear synthetic dress because these clothes dry up quickly, durable, less expensive, readily available and easy to maintain.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Poem Chapter 6 The Hollow Crown

Students who are interested in learning of 11th English Poem Chapter 6 The Hollow Crown Questions and Answers can use Tamilnadu State Board Solutions of 11th English Chapter Wise Pdf. First check in which chapter you are lagging and then Download Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Book Solutions Questions and Answers Summary, Activity, Notes Chapter Wise. Students can build self confidence by solving the solutions with the help of Tamilnadu State Board English Solutions. English is the scoring subject if you improve your grammar skills. Because most of the students will lose marks by writing grammar mistakes. So, we suggest you to Download Tamilnadu State Board 11th English Solutions according to the chapters.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Poem Chapter 6 The Hollow Crown

Check out the topics covered in Poem Chapter 6 The Hollow Crown Questions and Answers before you start your preparation. Improve your grammar skills with the help of Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Book Solutions Questions and Answers pdf links. The solutions for Tamilnadu State Board 11th English Textbook are prepared by the English experts. So, if you follow Tamilnadu State Board Solutions 11th English Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Poem Chapter 6 The Hollow Crown Questons and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

The Hollow Crown Poem Summary Warm up

(a) Work with a partner take this short quiz to find out how well informed you are about history.

The Hollow Crown Poem Summary Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Poem Chapter 6

Hollow Crown Poem Summary Question 1.
Name a few wars and battles you have read about.
Answer:
World War I, Indo-Pak War. Battle of Panipet War of Roses.

The Hollow Crown Poem Question 2.
What is the difference between a war and a battle?
Answer:
A war is a long drawn affair. The conflict may continue even for years. Battles are small segments of a big war.

The Hollow Crown Summary Question 3.
Why do rulers wage wars and battles?
Answer:
Rulers are greedy. They want to expand their kingdoms. So, they wage wars and battles.

Summary Of The Poem The Hollow Crown Question 4.
Is the outcome of a war always fair?
Answer:
No, the outcome of war is not always fair.

Summary Of The Hollow Crown Question 5.
Do you think rulers understand the true meaning of life – in defeat or in victory?
Answer:
No, rulers involve a large number of people whose lives or deaths don’t matter for them. So, rulers usually don’t understand the true meaning of life.

Hollow Crown Poem Question 6.
Can you name a few kings and leaders who have fallen from glory to disgrace?
Answer:
Chandragupta Maurya / Rajputs and Nelson Mandela

(b) The Historical Background:

The poem is an extract from William Shakespeare’s play King Richard the Second. The play is based on true events that occurred towards the end of the 14th century. Richard II was crowned the King of England in the year 1367. He continued to be the British Monarch until 1399, when he was deposed by his cousin, Henry of Bolingbroke, who crowned himself King Henry the Fourth in the same year. Shakespeare’s play is a dramatic rendition of the last two years of King Richard IPs life.

In this brief span of time, he was ousted from his royal position and sent to prison, where he died in captivity. The following extract is set in the Coast of Wales. King Richard and some of his followers awaited the arrival of the Welsh army [after facing defeat at the hands of his cousin, Bolingbroke], of about 10000 warriors. But to their shock and surprise, they received the message that the army was not coming to their rescue. His followers tried to boost their King’s courage against the news, only in vain. When Richard came face to face with the reality of his terrible fate, he spoke the following verse, famously known as the “Hollow Crown” speech in theatrical circles. In it, King Richard is reminded of the power of Death that overshadows everything else, including the power of rulers, and renders them as powerless as any commoner at a moment’s notice.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th English The Hollow Crown Textual Questions

First, listen to a reading of the complete poem. Then, read silently and try to answer the questions briefly, based on your understanding. You may refer to the glossary given at the end of the monologue to help you.

Let’s talk of graves, of worms, and epitaphs,
Make dust our paper, and with rainy eyes
Write sorrow on the bosom of the earth.
Let’s choose executors and talk of wills.
And yet not so – for what can we bequeath
Save our deposed bodies to the ground?
Our lands, our lives, and all, are
Bolingbroke’s,

Hollow Crown Poem Summary Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Poem Chapter 6

And nothing can we call our own but death;
And that small model of the barren earth
Which serves as paste and cover to our bones.
For God’s sake let us sit upon the ground
And tell sad stories of the death of kings:
How some have been depos’d, some slain in war,
Some haunted by the ghosts they have deposed,
Some poisoned by their wives, some sleeping kill’d,

The Hollow Crown Poem Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Chapter 6

All murdered – for within the hollow crown
That rounds the mortal temples of a king
Keeps Death his court, and there the antic sits,
Scoffing his state and grinning at his pomp,
Allowing him a breath, a little scene,
To monarchize, be fear’d, and kill with looks;
Infusing him with self and vain conceit,
As if this flesh which walls about our life
Were brass impregnable; and, humour’d thus,
Comes at the last, and with a little pin
Bores through his castle wall, and farewell king!
Cover your heads, and mock not flesh and blood
With solemn reverence; throw away respect,
Tradition, form, and ceremonious duty;
For you have but mistook me all this while.
I live with bread like you, feel want,
Taste grief, need friends – subjected thus,
How can you say to me, I am a king?

Hollow Crown Summary Question 1.
Pick out the phrase that suggests that King Riehard was sorrowful.
Answer:
The phrase “Talk of graves of worms and epitaphs” suggest that King Richard was sorrowful.

The Hollow Crown Poem Ppt Question 2.
Why does the King suggest that it is now time for his will to be executed?
Answer:
The King knows pretty well that he will be executed very soon by Bolingbroke. So, he wants his will to be executed.

Hollow Crown Meaning In Tamil Question 3.
What is the only thing we bequeath to our descendants?
Answer:
We bequeath only immovable property to our descendants.

Hollow Crown By Shakespeare Question 4.
What are the vanquished men left with?
Answer:
The vanquished men are left with sorrow and thoughts about death.

The Hollow Crown Poem Summary In Tamil Question 5.
What does the ‘small model’ refer to here?
Answer:
The perishable human body stands as a ‘small model’ of the barren earth.

The Hollow Crown Poem Summary In English Question 6.
What does a monarch’s crown symbolize?
Answer:
Monarch’s crown symbolizes “empty power” because real power is vested with death

The Hollow Crown Poem Figures Of Speech Question 7.
What mocks the ruler’s power and pomp?
Answer:
Death mocks the ruler’s power and pomp.

A. Fill in the blanks using the words given in the box to complete the summary of the poem:

barren-earthfriendsgravesslain
rebelliousrebelliouswormsgrief
impregnableepitaphsdeathfarewell
reverencekingpin

King Richard the second had surrendered to his (a) _______ cousin, Bolingbroke. He experienced deep distress at the horror of his circumstances. In that desperate situation, he speaks of (b) _______ , (c) _______ , (d) and other things connected with death. He spoke of how people leave nothing behind and can call nothing their own, except for the small patch of (e) _______ where they will be buried. King Richard yielded to dejection and talked of all the different ways in which defeated kings suffer and how some had been deposed, (f) _______ in war, (g) _______ by their wives and so forth. He attributed this loss of lives to (h) _______ , who he personified as the jester who watches over the shoulder of every ruler, who mocks kings by allowing them to think their human flesh, was like (i) _______ brass. However, Death penetrates through the castle walls, silentlyand unnoticed like a sharp (j) _______ thus bidding (k) _______ to him and all his pride forever. Finally, Richard appealed to his soldiers not to mock his mere flesh and blood by showing (l) and respect to him. He added that he too needed bread to live, felt want, tasted (m) _______ and needed (n) _______ . He concluded thus, urging his men not to call him a (o) _______ as he was only human, just like the rest of them.
Answer:
(a) rebellious
(b) graves
(c) epitaphs
(d) worms
(e) barren earth
(f) slain
(g) poisoned
(h) death
(i) impregnable
(j) Pin
(k) farewell
(l) reverence
(m) grief
(n) friends
(o) king

B. The words used by Shakespeare find a place in the present day conversations also. Here are a few examples of how these poetic, standardized English words could be used by common people in their regular speech.

(a) Fill in the blanks with appropriate words from the box and complete the statements suitably:

[bequeath, antics, monarchise, impregnable, hollow]

  1. Shravan never keeps his promises. His friends know that his words are ______
  2. The spectators died laughing at the ______ of the clown.
  3. The business woman wished to ______ all her riches to an orphanage, after her death.
  4. The fortress was ______ and could not be conquered by the enemies.
  5.  Alexander the Great, wished to conquer many lands and ______ the entire world.

Answer:

  1. hollow
  2. antics
  3. bequeath
  4. impregnable
  5. monarchise

(b) Complete the passage given below, with suitable words from the box:

farewellceremoniousdeposed
reverencevainpomp
conceitedsorrowscoffing

Lima, a (a) _______ and (b) _______ woman, kept (c) _______ at her colleagues and went on taxing them with hard labour. Though they were (d) _______ to her, she being their head, were offended and filled with (e) _______ It so happened, that Lima was (f) _______ from her high position due to a serious blunder she had committed. Lima, having lost all her (g) _______ and glory, realized how arrogant she had been. She gave up her pride and with (h) _______ sought an apology from everyone. She thus turned over a new Leaf and bid (i) _______ to them.
Answers
(a) vain
(b) conceited
(c) scoffing
(d) ceremonious
(e) sorrow
(f) deposed
(g) pomp
(h) reverence
(z) farewell

C. From your understanding of the poem, answer the following questions briefly in a sentence or two:

Question 1.
What do the three words,‘graves, worms and epitaphs’,refer to?
Answer:
Graves, epitaphs and worms refers to death and what happens to man after its visit.

 

Question 2.
What does the executor mentioned in the poem do?
Answer:
Executor is one who implements the contents of a will.

Question 3.
Who is Bolingbroke? Is he a friend or foe?
Answer:
Bolingbroke is a foe. He was a cousin of King Richard II. But the power craze turned him into a foe.

Question 4.
Are all deposed kings slain by the deposer?
Answer:
No, some, of the deposed kings are jailed and some are slain.

Question 5.
What does the crown of rulers stand for?
Answer:
Crown of kings stands for power and the right to rule a kingdom.

Question 6.
What hides within the crown and laughs at the king’s grandeur?
Answer:
Death hides within the crown and laughs at the king’s grandeur.

Question 7.
What does ‘flesh’mean here?
Answer:
Flesh means the human body here.

Question 8.
What are the various functions and objects given up by a defeated king?
Answer:
A defeated king abdicates his crown. He parts with his sceptre too. He hands over his right to rule the kingdom to the victorious king. He gives up the right to levy taxes on subjects. Fie also gives up his right and listens to the woes of ordinary subjects and solve them.

Question 9.
How does the king establish that he and his subjects are equal in the end?
Answer:
In the end, King Richard II pathetically explains that he is also an ordinary mortal with desires, need for friends and the compulsion to taste grief. Even a king has a cup of misery in his life.

Question 10.
Bring out King Richard’s feelings when he was defeated.
Answer:
King Richard started feeling distress about his impending death. He uses the words graves, epitaphs and worms. He realizes his possessions will be reduced to a patch of land. He recalls how kings get slain in battle field or poisoned to death by their own spouses. The king feels he is also an ordinary mortal deceived by the jester ‘death’. He also needs to taste grief and needs the support of friends during distress.

D. Explain the following lines with reference to the context in about 5 to 8 lines:

Question (i)
“Our lands, our lives, and all, are Bolingbroke’s,
And nothing can we call our own but death;”
Answer:
Reference: These lines are from the poem “The Hollow Crown” by William Shakespeare. The poem is an excerpt from the play “Richard II”.
Context: Richard II after being defeated by his rebellious cousin Bolingbroke says these words in dejection.
Explanation: Henry II is routed in the war. Some of his loyal nobles try to cheer him up. But Richard II faces the hard reality. He openly admits his failure. He says their lands, lives and all belong to the victor Bolingbroke. They can call nothing but death as their own.
Comment: Death is inevitable.

Question (ii)
“All murdered – for within the hollow crown ‘
That rounds the mortal temples of a king
Keeps Death his court, …”
Answer:
Reference: These lines are from the poem “The Hollow Crown” by William Shakespeare. The poem is an excerpt from the play “Richard II”.
Context: The defeated king thinks about death which is looming large. He remembers how other kings had met with their death. He says these words while sharing his understanding of the power of death who rules men who wear the crowns.
Explanation: A king wears a crown as a symbol of his power over the country he rules. But the empty space within the crown houses death. In the empty space, death conducts his court and gives his verdict when it is time.
Comment: The life of the dead is placed in the memory of the living.

 

Question (iii)
“Comes at the last, and with a little pin
Bores through his castle wall, and farewell king!”
Answer:
Reference: These lines are from the poem “The Hollow Crown” by William Shakespeare. The poem is an excerpt from the play “Richard II”.
Context: King Richard says these words while discussing the power of death over kings. Explanation: A king when he is ruling a country, looks very strong. He seems to be like an impregnable brass castle. But death with a small pin prick can easily shatter the castle. It can bid farewell easily to the king and send him to heaven.
Comment: Death may be greatest of all human blessings.

Question (iv)
“How can you say to me, I am a king? ”
Reference: This lines is from the poem “The Hollow Crown” by William Shakespeare. The poem is an excerpt from the play “Richard II”.
Context: King Richard says these words to his loyal nobels when he talks about the power of death over monarchs.
Explanation: British subjects usually believe that a king is bom with a divine right to rule. People respect his crown as a symbol of great power. After he is deposed from power, Henry II realizes the bitter truth that he is no way different from ordinary subjects. He also has wants, need for friends and the compulsion to taste grief. Nobody can escape death.
Comment: Death – the only thing inevitable in life.

Speaking Activity

E. Working with your partner, discuss the following adages and share your views with the class. You may need to give your ideas and justify your point of view. Remember to take turns while making your presentation/short speech.

Question (a)
War begets war.
Answer:
Mahatma Gandhi said, “If you are indictive and take an eye for an eye, the whole world will be blind”. Today most lethal weapons of mass destruction are being piled up in China, USA and North Korea, Russia and Iran. The leaders of these countries claim that balance of power is required in North and South. But weapons of mass destruction will not create conditions of peace. Peace has to be created by dialogues between countries. War always begets war.

Question (b)
Uneasy lies the head that wears a crown.
Answer:
Whoever is heading an organization, a team, of players, a country does have heavy responsibility. The leadership may give the person a social recognition but in day to day life, the responsibilities of a leader are really heavy. A captain of the army during Kargil war, found one of his soldiers wounded. The Kargil war was heading to a victory for India. The captain did not allow his junior officers to go and bring the wounded soldier. He went and received the bullets. Yet he pulled the wounded soldier to safety. He brought the wounded soldier to the bunk. While returning also he was shot many times. He dropped down dead. He had saved the wounded soldier and the subordinate officer at the cost of his life. Sometimes, there is a coldwar, people try to usurp power by secret dealings.

Aurangzeb killed many of his brothers to ascend to the throne. While in power, kings are really worried about the conspiracy being cooked by relatives to overthrow him. King’s wife poisons king to death. Kings heading battles get killed too. So, we should never be jealous of people in power. Each post or power carries its own stress and unresolved conflicts, occasionally resulting in depression too. Being the head of an army, or that of a country is not always a matter of pride or glory. The grandeur conceals pain, anxiety and ever fear of impending death.

F. Poetic Devices

(a) Read the poem once again carefully and identify the figure of speech that has been used in each of the following lines from the poem:

  1. “Let’s talk of graves, of worms, and epitaphs Make dust our paper, and with rainy eyes Write sorrow on the bosom of the earth”.
  2. (“And yet not so – for what can we bequeath Save our deposed bodies to the ground?”
  3. “Keeps Death his court, and there the antic sits,..
  4. “How can you say to me, I am a king?”
  5. “Scoffing his state and grinning at his pomp,…”
  6. “Bores through his castle wall, and farewell

Answer:

  1. Personification (Earth)
  2. Metaphor
  3. Personification
  4. Interrogation
  5. Personification
  6. Personification

(b) Pick out the words in alliteration from the following lines:

Question (i)
“Our lands, our lives, and all, are Bolingbroke’s,…”
Answer:
lands, fives

Question (ii)
“And tell sad stories of the death of kings:”
Answer:
sad, stories

 

Question (iii)
“Comes at the last, and with a little pin…”
Answer:
last, little

G. Based on your reading of King Richard’s speech, answer the following questions in about 100 – 150 words each. You may add your own ideas if required to present and justify your point of view.

Question 1.
What are the causes for King Richard’s grief?
Answer:
King Richard II was a popular king. He had many nobles at the service. His rebellious cousin
Bolingbroke attacks him with 10,000 men on his side. He sends message to the Welsh King for . sending his army to defeat Bolingbroke. But to his shock, Welsh army is not sent. He realizes with alarm the terrible fate he would suffer in the hands of his foe and his most impending death in captivity. King Richard is reminded of the power of death that overshadows everything else. Death scoffs at the power of rulers. Losing the battle, non-receipt of Welsh army and the prospect being jailed and killed worries Richard II.

He realizes that in the hollow crown death had reigned him. Infact, death, a jester had misled him to believe that he was monarchising England. He can now own only a patch of barren land. He is not an impregnable castle of brass anymore. He is an ordinary mortal. He too needs friends and needs to taste grief and face death.

“Life and death are illusions. We are in a constant state of transformation.”

Question 2.
How are the eternal truths and wisdom brought to the reader here?
Answer:
Human’s glorious life gets reduced to graves, epitaphs and worms. Men is left with nothing but his mortal remains to gift to the earth. The earth only serves as a paste and cover to the dead bodies. Great kings too have had inglorious death. Duncan was killed in bed. Hamlet was poisoned to death. Macbeth was slain in the war. The death gives freedom to monarchs from monarchising the country.

The king realizes with a shudder that Death has occupied a prominent position right inside the crown. He scoffs at the pomp and show of the temporal kings. Even the most powerful monarch who feels as strong as a brass castle is brought down by just a pin prick of death. Death is a great leveller who makes kings believe that they are also ordinary mortals with wants, need for friends and the need to taste grief.

“Life is a brief intermission between Birth and Death. Enjoy it.”

Question 3.
Death has been cited to in many ways in this monologue. Identify the poetic devices used in those references.
Answer:
bequeath deposed bodies – Metaphor
small model of barren earth-Metaphor
hollow crown – Metaphor
antics – Personification
Dust our paper – Metaphor
scoffing his state grinning at his pomp – Personification

 

Question 4.
Who does the future generations remember easily – the victor or the vanquished? Give reasons. Also, cite relevant references from King Richard’s speech.
Answer:
Unusually future generations remember victors. But there are rare instances of just rulers falling due to the conspiracy and greed of an aggressor. On such occasions, future generations remember the vanquished. A Shiva devotee king was very generous. His enemies entered his kingdom under the guise of Shiva devotees in saffron clothes and slew the king and captured his kingdom. Alexander, King Richard was a just ruler. He was loved by his subjects and loyal nobles. He was defeated by his rebellious cousin simply because he wanted to be a king. When Richard was thinking about the welfare of his subjects, Bolingbroke was secretly raising an army to dethrone him.

People who are mad after power resort to unjust means. So, British subjects respected and loved the vanquished but were helpless and defeated Porus who had fought so valiantly and wanted to be treated with respect befitting a king. Alexander himself respected him and returned his kingdom and sealed a life time friendship with him. From King Richard’s speech one understands that he was good at heart but in the strategy of war, he was not good. Like a crooked end of a straight walking stick, a ruler has to have some secret deals with neighbouring countries to be protected during crisis. Bolingbroke turned out to be a more assertive and Shrewd king. But people would remember a just and noble person more even if defeated.

“Nobility of spirit has more to do with Simplicity than Ostentation, Wisdom than Wealth, Commitment rather than Ambition.

The Hollow Crown About the Poet

The Hollow Crown Summary Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Poem Chapter 6

William Shakespeare (1564 – 1616), an English poet and playwright is widely regarded as the greatest writer in English language and the world’s pre-eminent dramatist. He was born and brought up in Stratford-upon-Avon, Warwickshire. He wrote about 39 plays, 154 sonnets, two long narrative poems, and a few other verses. He was often called England’s National Poet and nicknamed the Bard of Avon. The first publishing of Shakespeare’s works is the ‘The First Folio’. Playwright Ben Johnson wrote a preface to this book including the quote ‘(Shakespeare) is not of an age, but for all time.’ His plays have been translated into every major living language and are constantly studied and performed throughout the world.

The Hollow Crown Summary

King Richard II surrenders to his rebellious cousin Bolingbroke. The King talks to the few loyal friends on the nature of temporal power and how death over takes everything and everybody. Under critical circumstances, King Richard II talk about graves, epitaphs and worms. Shakespeare portrays the fleeting nature of human glory. He explains how even monarchs leave nothing behind to call as their own except a small patch of land into which they will get buried. The dejected King talks on various ways Kings get killed. Some are slain in the battle field.

Some are poisoned to death by their own spouses. The Kings who believed their bodies to be forts or impregnable brass are shattered by just a pinprick. The whole castle wall, the human body, is gone. Death like a jester waits for the King. In fact, he only allows the King to act as if he is ruling and in control of everything. In fact, death is in supreme command. He chides his loyal friends who still believe that he is a monarch. He tells them that he is an ordinary mortal just like them with basic wants and the need to taste grief. He is humbled and realizes he can no more be called a King as he is powerless before the impending death.

The Hollow Crown Glossary

Textual:
antic – someone who attention through silly or funny acts (here a court jester)
bequeath – pass on something to the next generation by means Of a will
ceremonious – being very formal
deposed – removed from office or power
epitaph – short pieces of writing inscribed on tombstones in memory of the dead
executors – persons who put someone’s terms of will into effect
grinning – smiling wildly
impregnable – impossible to pass through
monarchize – rule , carry out the duties functions of a ruler
scoffing – expressing mockery
slain – kill

Additional:
critical – serious
humble – modest
jester – clown
monarch – king
portrays – describes
spouse – wife
temporal – temporary

The main aim is to share the knowledge and help the students of 11th English to secure the best score in their final exams. Use the concepts of Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Book Solutions Poem Chapter 6 The Hollow Crown Questions and Answers in Real time to enhance your skills. If you have any doubts you can post your comments in the comment section, We will clarify your doubts as soon as possible without any delay.

Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Solutions Term 2 Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems

You can Download Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Book Solutions Guide Pdf, Tamilnadu State Board help you to revise the complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Solutions Term 2 Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems

Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Human Organ Systems Textual Evaluation

I. Choose the appropriate answer:

Human Organ System Class 6 Question 1.
Circulatory system transports these throughout the body
(a) Oxygen
(b) Nutrient
(c) Hormones
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Samacheer Kalvi Guru 6th Science Term 2 Question 2.
Main organ of respiration in human body is
(a) Stomach
(b) Spleen
(c) Heart
(d) Lungs
Answer:
(d) Lungs

6th Standard Question 3.
Breakdown of food into smaller molecules in our body is known as
(a) Muscle contraction
(b) Respiration
(c) Digestion
(d) Excretion
Answer:
(c) Digestion

II. Fill in the blanks:

  1. A group of organs together make up an _______ system.
  2. The part of the skeleton that protects the brain is _______
  3. The process by which the body removes waste is _______
  4. The _______ is the largest sense organ in our body.
  5. The endocrine glands produce chemical substances called _______

Answers:

  1. organ
  2. skull
  3. Excretion
  4. skin
  5. hormones

III. True or False. If False, give the correct statement:

Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Book Question 1.
Blood is produced in the bone marrow.
Answer:
False, Red Blood Corpuscles are produced in the bone marrow.

6th Standard Science Question 2.
All the waste products of the body are excreted through the circulatory system.
Answer:
False, All the waste products of the body are excreted through the excretory system.

Chapter 6 The Human Body Answers Question 3.
The other name of food pipe is alimentary canal.
Answer:
False. The other name of food pipe is called oesophagus.

Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Term 2 Question 4.
Thin tube like structures which are the component of circulatory system are called blood vessels.
Answer:
False, The tube like structure which are the component of circulatory system are called blood capillaries.

Samacheer Class 6 Science Solutions Question 5.
The brain, the spinal cord and nerves form the nervous system.
Answer:
True

IV. Match the following:

1. EarCardiac muscle
2. Skeletal SystemFlat muscle
3. DiaphragmSound
4. HeartAir sacs
5. LungsProtection of internal organs

Answer:

1. EarSound
2. Skeletal SystemProtection of internal organs
3. DiaphragmFlat muscle

4. Heart

Cardiac muscle
5. LungsAir sacs

V. Arrange in Correct sequence:

Question 1.
Stomach → Large intestine → Oesophagus → Pharynx → Mouth → Small Intestine → Rectum → Anus.
Answer:
Mouth → Pharynx → Oesophagus → Stomach → Small Intestine → Large intestine → Rectum → Anus.

Question 2.
Urethra → Ureter → Urinary Bladder → Kidney.
Answer:
Kidney → Ureter → Urinary Bladder → Urethra.

VI. Analogy:

Question 1.
Arteries : Carry blood from the heart:: _______ :carry blood to the heart.
Answer:
Veins.

Question 2.
Lungs: Respiratory system:: _______ : Circulatory system.
Answer:
Heart

Question 3.
Enzymes: Digestive glands:: _______ : Endocrine glands.
Answer:
Hormones

VII. Give very short answer:

Question 1.
Write about skeletal system.
Answer:

  1. The skeletal system consists of bones, cartilages and joints.
  2. Bones provide a framework for the body.
  3. Bones along with muscles help in movements such as walking, running, chewing and dancing etc.

Question 2.
Write the functions of epiglottis.
Answer:
The function of Epiglottis is to prevent the entry of food into the wind pipe.

Question 3.
What are the three types of blood vessels?
Answer:

  1. Arteries
  2. Veins
  3. Capillaries

Question 4.
Define the term “Trachea”.
Answer:
Trachea is commonly called as windpipe. It is a tube supported by cartilaginous rings that connects the pharynx and larynx to the lungs, allowing the passage of air. The trachea divides into right and left bronchi and enter into the lungs.

Question 5.
Write any two functions of digestive system?
Answer:

  1. Digestive system is involved in the conversion of complex food substances into simple forms.
  2. Absorption of digested food.

Question 6.
Name the important parts of the eye.
Answer:
The important parts of eye are cornea, iris, lens and pupil.

Question 7.
Name the five important sense organs?
Answer:

  1. Eyes
  2. Ears
  3. Nose
  4. Tongue
  5. Skin

VIII. Give short answer:

Question 1.
Write a short note on rib cage.
Answer:
Rib cage
The rib cage is made up of 12 pairs of curved, flat rib bones. It protects the delicate vital organs such as heart and lungs.

Question 2.
List out the functions of the human skeleton.
Answer:

  1. The skeletal system gives shape to the body.
  2. Bones provide a framework for the body.
  3. Bones along with muscles help in movements such as walking, running, chewing and dancing etc.
  4. It protects, the soft internal organs.

Question 3.
Differentiate between the voluntary muscles and involuntary muscles.
Answer:
Voluntary muscles:

  1. They are attached to the bones.
  2. They can be controlled by our will. Example: Muscles of arm.

Involuntary muscles:

  1. They are found in the walls of digestive tract, urinary bladder, arteries and other internal organs.
  2. They cannot be controlled by our will.

IX. Answer in detail:

Question 1.
List out the functions of Endocrine system and Nervous system.
Answer:

  1. Endocrine system regulates various functions of the body and maintain the internal environment.
  2. Endocrine glands produce chemical substances called “Hormones’ which control various activities of the body.
    Eg. Growth hormone controls growth, Adrenalin hormone acts at the time of fear stress etc.

Functions of nervous system:

  1. Sensory input: The conduction of signals from sensory receptors.
  2. Integration : The interpretation of the sensory signals and the formulation of responses.
  3. Motor output: The conduction of signals from the brain and spinal card to effectors such as muscle and gland cells.

Question 2.
Label the diagram given below to show the four main parts of the urinary system and answer the following questions.
Human Organ System Class 6 Samacheer Kalvi Science Solutions Term 2 Chapter 6
A. Which organ removes extra salts and ws
B. Where is the urine stored?
C. What is the tube through which urine is body?
D. What are the tubes that transfer urine fi the urinary bladder called?
Answers:
Samacheer Kalvi Guru 6th Science Term 2 Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems
A. Kidney removes extra salts and water from the blood.
B. Urine is stored in urinary bladder.
C. Urine is excreted out of the body through urethra.
D. Ureter transfers urine from the kidneys to the urinary bladder.

X. Questions based on Higher Order Thinking Skills.

Question 1.
What will happen if the diaphragm shows no movement?
Answer:

  1. The diaphragm is the primary organ of breathing.
  2. The movement of the diaphragm expands the lungs and creates a vacuum.
  3. Due to this the air is sucked in.
  4. If the diaphragm does not move the lungs do not expand or contract and breathing stops.
  5. The person will die.

Question 2.
Why is the heart divided into two halves by a thick muscular wall?
Answer:
The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood are separately circulated. So the heart is divided into two halves by a thick muscular wall.

Question 3.
Why do we sweat more in summer?
Answer:

  1. Sweating plays an important health role as it helps to maintain constant body temperature by cooling us down.
  2. When it is hot and we sweat that moisture evaporates and cools us immediately.
  3. This is why we sweat more when the summer is very hot.

Question 4.
Why do we hiccup and cough sometimes when we swallow food?
Answer:
Normally, the entry of food into the windpipe is prevented by a flap like structure called Epiglottis. But when we eat in a hurry, the flab gets lesser time to close the windpipe. Thus some of the food particles enter into the windpipe. It creates a hindrance in the movement of air in the windpipe and results in coughing or hiccup.

Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Human Organ Systems Intext Activities

Activity 1

Question 1.
Sit absolutely still. Observe the movements taking place in your body. You must K be blinking your eyes time to time. Observe the movements in your body as you I breathe. Write down the movements in your note book.

We are able to move a few parts of our body easily in various directions and some, ft only in one direction. Why we are not able to move some parts at all directions?
Answer:
We are able to bend or rotate our body in places where two parts of our body seem to be joined together – like elbow, shoulder or neck. These places are called joints. If ft our body has no joints, it would not be possible for us to move in any way at all.

Bones cannot be bent. But we can bend our elbow. It is not one long bone from ft the upper arm to our wrist. It is different bones joined together at the elbow. Similarly, there are many bones present in each part of the body.

We can bend or move our body only at those points where bones meet. There are different types of joints in our body to help us carry out different movements and activities. Let us see the function / movements of some of the joints in our body.

Fixed joints which do not allow movement are called fixed joint.

Gliding joints allow only a limited amount of movement of sliding nature of cartilage. For example, the joints of back bone.

Hinge joint allows movement only in one plane. For example, fingers, knees. Elbow joint is composed of hinge joint. These joints allow movement in one plane and up to 180° only. Hence, we cannot move our elbows backwards.

Piyotal joint allows movement in all planes, i.e. up and down, side and other planes. For example, head.

Ball and socket joint allows movement in all directions. The rounded end of one bone fits into the cavity (hollow space) of other bone. Such a joint only allows movements in all directions. For example, joint between upper arm.

Activity 2

To show that we can bend or move our body only at those points where the bones meet.
6th Standard Samacheer Kalvi Science Solutions Term 2 Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems
Materials required; A wooden scale and string.
Method Ask your friend to tie a wooden scale and your arm together. So that the elbow is at the centre. Even if you try hard, you cannot bend your elbow.
Conclusion: A single bone cannot bend. The different bones joined together at the elbow, help the elbow to bend.

Activity 3

Question 1.
Move your lower arm up and down gently. Feel the contraction and relaxation of your biceps and triceps muscles. The muscles present in the upper arm help in the contraction of front biceps muscles (become short and thick), and also relaxation of rear triceps muscles (become long and thin). You can feel the muscles on top that go stiff. When the arm is moved downwards, the front muscles relax and the rear muscles contract.
Answer:
Activities to be done by the students themselves

Activity 5

Air? To prove that exhaled air is rich in carbon- dioxide
Materials required Two glass jars with lime water and a straw

Procedure: Leave the first jar with lime water undisturbed, blow air in to the second jar with the help of a straw

Observation: Lime water turns milky in few seconds in the second jar. The CO? gas alone can change the lime water into milky white.

Conclusion: Carbon-di-oxidc is present in the air that we exhale.

Activity 6

Question 1.
Place the middle and index fingers of your right hand on the inner side of your left wrist. Can you feel a throbbing movement. Why do you feel the throbbing? This throbbing is called the pulse and it is due to the blood flowing in the arteries. Count the number of pulse in one minute.

Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Book Solutions Term 2 Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems

How many pulse beats could you count in one minute? The number of beats per minute is called the Pulse rate. A resting person usually has a pulse rate between 72 to 80 beats per minute.

Find other places in your body where you can feel the pulse. Record your own pulse beats and your classmates as beats per minute; Compare the values.
Answer:
Activities to be done by the students themselves

Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Human Organ Systems Additional Questions

I. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
A group of organs that work together to perform a particular function is known as _______
(a) Skeletal system
(b) Muscular system
(c) Nervous system
(d) Organ system
Answer:
(d) Organ system

Question 2.
………. is the largest and strongest bone in the human face.
(a) Hyoid bone
(b) Stapes
(c) Cranial bones
(d) Lower jaw bone
Answer:
(d) Lower jaw bone

Question 3.
_______ bone is the largest and strongest bone in the human face.
(a) Nasal
(b) Temporal
(c) Lower jaw
(d) Parietal
Answer:
(c) Lower jaw

Question 4.
The heart is surrounded by a double-layered membrane called
(a) Pleura
(b) Alveolar membrane
(c) Pericardium
(d) Iris
Answer:
(c) Pericardium

Question 5.
_______ is a major organ for digestion of food materials.
(a) Heart
(b) Oesophagus
(c) Stomach
(d) Kidney
Answer:
(c) Stomach

Question 6.
The _______ is a complex organ which is placed inside the cranium.
(a) Kidney
(b) Heart
(c) Lungs
(d) Brain
Answer:
(d) Brain

Question 7.
Skin helps us to synthesize using sun light.
(a) vitamin A
(b) vitamin B
(c) vitamin C
(d) vitamin D
Answer:
(d) vitamin D

Question 8.
_______ gland is located in the neck region.
(a) Pituitary
(b) Thyroid
(c) Adrenal
(d) Thymus
Answer:
(b) Thyroid

Question 9.
Pituitary gland is located at _______ in our body.
(a) Neck region
(b) base of brain
(c) Abdomen region
(d) above the kidney
Answer:
(b) base of brain

Question 10.
The functional units of the kidney are called _______
(a) Nephrons
(b) Neuron
(c) bladder
(d) urethra
Answer:
(a) Nephrons

II. Fill in the blanks.

  1. The adult human skeletal system consists of _______ bones
  2. _______ help in connecting bone to bone.
  3. Vertebral column is formed by a number of serially arranged small bones called _______
  4. The rib cage is made up of _______ of curved flat rib bones.
  5. The digestive gland associated with alimentary canal is _______
  6. _______ are located within the chest cavity.
  7. The lungs are covered by a double layered _______
  8. The heart is _______ chambered.
  9. The heart is surrounded by a double layered membrane called _______
  10. _______ are produced in the bone marrow.
  11. Nervous system is we,11 developed in human and is composed of _______ or _______
  12. _______ is the controlling centre of the body.
  13. The outer ear in human beings is made up of an external flap called _______
  14. _______ gland is located above the kidney.
  15. Our body contains _______ % of water.
  16. Our stomach consists of _______ acid.

Answers:

  1. 206
  2. Ligaments
  3. vertebrae
  4. 12 pairs
  5. salivary gland
  6. Lungs
  7. pleura
  8. four
  9. pericardium
  10. Red Blood Carpuscles
  11. neurons or nerve cells
  12. Brain
  13. pinna
  14. Adrenal
  15. 70
  16. Hydro choloric

III. Find whether the following sentences are true or false. If false Correct the statement.

Question 1.
The nervous system consists of bones, cartilages and joints.
Answer:
False. The Skeletal system consists of bones, cartilages and joints.

Question 2.
Lower jaw bone is the smallest and strongest bone in the human face.
Answer:
False. Lower jaw bone is the largest and strongest bone in the human face.

Question 3.
The smallest bone in our body is stapes.
Answer:
True.

Question 4.
Intake of oxygen from the air and releasing of carbon-di-oxide from the lungs occur through nostrils is called internal respiration.
Answer:
False. Intake of oxygen from the air and releasing of carbon-di-oxide from the lungs occur through nostrils is called external respiration.

Question 5.
The walls of the heart is made up of cardiac muscle.
Answer:
True.

Questions 6.
Blood is a fluid connective tissue.
Answer:
True.

Question 7.
Kidney is located in the thoracic cavity between the two lungs.
Answer:
False. Heart is located in the thoracic cavity between the two lungs.

Question 8.
A resting person usually has a pulse rate between 72 to 80 beats per minute.
Answer:
True.

Question 9.
Pulmonary artery carries blood from the lungs to the left atrium.
Answer:
False. Pulmonary Vein carries blood from the lungs to the left atrium.

Question 10.
Heart forms an effective barrier against infection by microbes and pathogens.
Answer:
False. Skin forms an effective barrier against infection by microbes and pathogens.

Question 11.
The nitrogenous wastes are removed from the body by the endocrine system.
Answer:
False. The nitrogenous wastes are removed from the body by the excretory system.

IV. Analogy:

Question 1.
Skull protects : Brain.
Rib cage protects : _______
Answer:
heart and liver.

Questions 2.
The smallest bone of our body : Stapes.
The longest bone of our body : _______
Answer:
Femur.

Question 3.
A newborn baby has bones : More than 300.
An adult has bones : _______
Answer:
206.

Questions 4.
Skeletal muscle : Muscle of arm.
Cardiac muscle: _______
Answer:
Walls of heart.

Question 5.
Heart: Pericardium membrane.
Lungs : _______
Answer:
Pleura membrane.

Question 6.
Carries blood from right ventricle to lungs : Pulmonary artery.
Carries blood from the lungs to left atrium : _______
Answer:
Pulmonary vein.

Question 7.
Carry oxygenated blood : Arteries.
Carry deoxygenated blood : _______
Answer:
Vein.

Question 8.
Neurons : Nervous system.
Nephrons: _______
Answer:
Excretory system.

V. Match the following :

A
6th Standard Science Samacheer Kalvi Solutions Term 2 Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems
Answer:

  1. – f
  2. – d
  3. – e
  4. – a
  5. – c
  6. – b

B
Chapter 6 The Human Body Answers Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Solutions Term 2
Answer:

  1. – c
  2. – e
  3. – a
  4. – b
  5. – d

C
Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Term 2 Solutions Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems
Answer:

  1. – c
  2. – d
  3. – e
  4. – b
  5. – a

VI. Give short answer

Question 1.
List the major organ system of our body.
Answer:
Human body has eight major organ system. They are:

  • Skeletal system
  • Digestive system
  • Circulatory system
  • Endocrine system
  • Muscular system
  • Respiratory system
  • Nervous system
  • Excretory system.

Question 2.
Axial skeleton – Explain.
Answer:
Axial skeleton forms the upright axis of the body which includes, skull, vertebral column and Rib cage.

Questions 3.
What are the bones found in the skull?
Answer:
Hyoid bone and the auditory ossicles like Malleus, Incus and Stapes are found in the skull.

Questions 4.
What are the three types of muscles?
Answer:
They are skeletal muscle, smooth muscle and cardiac muscles.

Question 5.
How do muscle work?
Answer:
Muscles pf the body can only pull and they cannot push. Two muscles are required to move a bone at a joint. When one muscle contracts the other muscle relaxes. Thus muscles do work.

Questions 6.
List the parts of digestive system.
Answer:
Parts of digestive systems are Mouth, Buccal cavity, Phanynx, Oesophagus, Stomach, Small intestine, Large intestine, Anus.

Question 7.
List the glands associated for digestion.
Answer:
Salivary glands, Gastric glands, Liver, Pancreas and Intestinal glands are associated glands for digestion.

Questions 8.
List the parts of respiratory system.
Answer:
Respiratory system consists of nostrils, nasal cavity, pharynx, larynx, trachea, bronchi and lungs.

Question 9.
What is internal respiration?
Answer:
Taking in oxygen and giving out CO2 The circulatory system transports O2 and CO2, to and from all parts of body. Hemoglobin in the red blood cells transport O2 and CO2 This is called internal respiration.

Question 10.
Define – blood.
Answer:
Blood is a fluid connective tissue of red colour containing plasma and blood cells. There are three types of blood cells namely, Red blood corpuscles (RBCs), White Blood corpuscles (WBCs) and Blood Platelets. RBCs are produced in the bone marrow.

Question 11.
What is pulse rate?
Answer:
The number of beats per minute is called pulse rate.

Question 12.
Name the three regions of brain.
Answer:
The three regions of brain are fore brain, mid brain and hind brain.

Question 13.
List the endocrine glands found in our body.
Answer:
Pituitary gland, Pineal gland, Thyroid gland, Thymus gland, Pancreas, Adrenal gland, Gonads are found in our endocrine system.

VIII. Answer in detail:

Question 1.
(a) How do muscles work.
(b) How circulatory system is important for human life?
Answer:
(a) Muscles work.

  1. Muscles of the body can only pull and they can not push.
  2. Two muscles are required to move a bone at a joint.
  3. When one muscle contracts, the other muscle relaxes.
  4. For example to move the lower arm up and down biceps and triceps muscles are required.
  5. When we raise our lower hand the biceps in front become short by contraction and the triceps at the back stretch to pull up the arm.
  6. When we lower our arm the triceps at the back contract and biceps stretch to pull the arm down.

(b) Circulatory system – importance :

  1. It is one of the important system consisting of heart, blood vessels and blood.
  2. It transports respiratory gases, nutrients, hormones and waste materials within the body.
  3. If protects the body from harmful pathogens.
  4. Regulates the body temperature.
  5. The heart pumps blood continuously throughout our lifetime.

Question 2.
Describe construction of eye with neat diagram.
Answer:
Eyes help us to see things around us i.e., their colour, shape, size whether they are near or far, moving or at rest. The eyelids and eyelashes keep the eyes safe. The eye has three main parts namely cornea, iris and pupil.
Samacheer Class 6 Science Solutions Term 2 Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems

Question 3.
Tabulate the names of glands of endocrine system and their locations.
Answer:
Glands:

  1. Pituitary gland
  2. Pineal Gland
  3. Thyroid Gland
  4. Thymus Gland
  5. Pancreas (Islets of Langerhans)
  6. Adrenal Gland
  7. Gonads

Location:

  1. At the base of brain
  2. At the base of brain
  3. Neck
  4. Chest
  5. Abdomen
  6. Above the kidney
  7. Pelvic cavity

Question 4.
Draw and lable the parts of kidney.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 6th Science Solutions Term 2 Chapter 6 Human Organ Systems 9

Question 5.
List the parts of excretory system and write their functions.
Answer:

  1. Renal artery : Brings blood containing oxygen and urea from the aorta to the kidneys.
  2. Renal vein : Brings filtered blood from the kidneys to the inferior vena cave.
  3. kidneys : Regulate the chemical composition Of fluids in the body.
  4. Ureter : Carries urine from the kidneys to the urinary bladder.
  5. Urinary bladder : An expandable, muscular sac that retains urine until it is discharged from the body.
  6. Urethra : The tube through which urine is discharged from the body, it is surrounded by muscles that allow us to control urination.

Question 6.
Give any five endocrine glands and their location.
Answer:

(Glands)(Location)
Pituitary glandAt the base of brain
Pineal GlandAt the base of brain
Thyroid GlandNeck
Thymus GlandChest
Pancreas (Islets of Langerhans)Abdomen
Adrenal GlandAbove the kidney
GonadsPelvic cavity

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Sole Proprietorship

Students can find the most related topics which helps them to analyse the concepts if they practice according to the chapter-wise page. It is necessary for the students to practice more Questions and Answers for Tamilnadu State Board Solutions of 11th Commerce are given in the pdf format in chapter 4 Sole Proprietorship Questions and Answers so that students can prepare in both online and offline modes. So, Download Samacheer Kalvi 11th Commerce Book Solutions Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, to score good marks.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Commerce Solutions Chapter 4 Sole Proprietorship

Get the Questions and Answers, in Tamilnadu State Board 11th Commerce Solutions for Chapter 4 Sole Proprietorship. Learn the concepts of 11th Commerce Chapter-Wise by referring to the Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for Chapter 4 Sole Proprietorship Questions and Answers. Hence we suggest the students to Download Samacheer Kalvi 11th Commerce Book Solutions Questions and Answers pdf to enhance your knowledge.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Commerce Sole Proprietorship Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers

I. Choose the Correct Answer

11th Commerce 4th Lesson Questions And Answers Question 1.
Which is the oldest form of Business organisation?
(a) Sole Proprietorship
(b) Partnership
(c) Co – operative Society
(d) Company
Answer:
(a) Sole Proprietorship

Sole Proprietorship Questions And Answers Question 2.
In which form the owner, establisher and manager is only one?
(a) Joint Enterprise
(b) Government Company
(c) Co – operative Society
(d) Sole Proprietor
Answer:
(d) Sole Proprietor

Samacheer Kalvi Commerce 11th Question 3.
A major disadvantage of sole proprietorship is
(a) Limited liability
(b) Unlimited liability
(c) Easy Formation
(d) Quick decision
Answer:
(b) Unlimited liability

11th Commerce Solutions Samacheer Kalvi Question 4.
From the following which one is Non – corporate form of business?
(a) Joint stock company
(b) Sole trading business
(c) Government company
(d) Co – operatives
Answer:
(b) Sole trading business

II. Very Short Answer Questions

11th Commerce Samacheer Kalvi Question 1.
Who is called Sole Trader?
Answer:
Proprietorship is a form of business organisation in which an individual introduces his own capital, uses his own skill and intelligence in the management of its affairs and is solely responsible for the results of its operations.

Sole Proprietorship Questions And Answers Pdf Question 2.
What are the non – corporate enterprises?
Answer:

  1. Sole trading concern
  2. partnership firm
  3. Joint Hindu family business.

11th Commerce Chapter 4 Book Back Answers Question 3.
What are the corporate enterprises?
Answer:

  1. Government – Public Undertakings, Public Utilities.
  2. Private – Joint stock companies
  3. Co – operative society

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Commerce Question 4.
For which of the following types of business do you think a sole proprietorship form of organisation would be more suitable, and why?

  1. Grocery store
  2. Medical store
  3. Craft centre
  4. Legal consultancy
  5. Internet cafe

Answer:
Grocery store is more suitable for sole proprietorship business because of limited risk and less educated or uneducated can start the business.

III. Short Answer Questions

Commerce Samacheer Kalvi Question 1.
How is it possible to maintain secrecy in sole proprietorship?
Answer:
In sole proprietorship as the trader is the sole owner of the business, the secrecy can be maintained easily.

Samacheer Kalvi Guru 11th Commerce Question 2.
What is unlimited liability?
Answer:
The liability of the proprietor for the debts of the business is unlimited. The creditors have the right to recover their dues even from the personal property of the proprietor in case the business assets are not sufficient to pay their debts.

11th Samacheer Kalvi Commerce Question 3.
Write any three characteristics of sole proprietorship.
Answer:
1. Ownership by one man:
This is owned by single person. The sole trader contributes the required capital. He is not only the owner of the business but also manages the entire affairs.

2. Freedom of work and Quick Decisions: Since.an individual is himself as a owner, he need not consult anybody else. Hence he can take quick decisions.

3. Unlimited Liability: When his business assets are not sufficient to pay off the business debts he has to pay from his personal property.

Samacheer Kalvi Class 11 Commerce Solutions Question 4.
Give some examples of sole trading business.
Answer:
Saravana Stores, Hotel Saravana Bhavan, Grocery store, Petty shop.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Commerce Solutions Question 5.
Define Sole trading business.
Answer:
“Sole proprietorship is that form of business organisation which is owned and controlled by a single individual. He receives all the profits and risks of his property in the success or failure of the enterprise” – Wheeler.

IV. Long Answer Questions

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Chapter 4 Question 1.
Explain the characteristics of sole trading business.
Answer:
1. Ownership by one man:
This is owned by single person. The sole trader contributes the required capital. He is not only the owner of the business but also manages the entire affairs.

2. Freedom of work and Quick Decisions:
Since an individual is himself as a owner, he need not consult anybody else. Hence he can take quick decisions.

3. Unlimited Liability:
When his business assets are not sufficient to pay off the business debts he has to pay from his personal property.

4. Enjoying Entire Profit:
He strives tirelessly for the improvement and expansion of his business and enjoys all the benefits of his hard work.

5. Absence of Government Regulation:
A sole proprietor concern is free from Government regulations. No legal formalities are to be observed in its formation, management or in its closure.

6. No Separate Entity:
The sole trading concern comes to an end with death, disability, insanity and insolvency of the individual.

7. Maintenance of Secrecy:
Since he/she manages all the affairs of the business, the secrecy can be maintained easily.

Samacheer Kalvi Commerce Question 2.
What are the advantages of sole trading business?
Answer:
1. Easy Formation:
No legal formalities are required to initiate a sole trading concern. Any person capable of entering into a contract can start it, provided he has the necessary resources for it.

2. Incentive to Work hard:
There is a direct relationship between effort and reward. The fact that the entire profit can be taken by himself without sharing with anybody else induces him to work ceaselessly.

3. Small Capital:
Small capital is an important as well as specific advantage of sole proprietorship. Sole proprietor can start business with small capital.

4. Credit Standing:
Since his private properties are held liable for satisfying business debts, he can get more financial assistance from others.

5. Personal Contact with the Customers:
Since sole proprietor knows each and every customer individually he can supply goods according to their taste and preferences. Thus he can cultivate personal relationship with the customers.

6. Flexibility:
The sole trader can easily adjust himself to the changing requirements of his business.

Samacheer Kalvi 11 Commerce Question 3.
What are the disadvantages of sole trading business?
Answer:
1. Limited Capital:
Since the capital is contributed by one individual only, business operations have necessarily to be on a limited scale.

2. Limited Managerial Skill:
Single person’s intelligence and experience may not help him beyond a certain stage. Since he has to focus on each and every activity, his managerial ability is bound to be limited.

3. Unlimited Liability:
The creditors have the right to recover their dues even from the personal property of the proprietor in case the business assets are not sufficient to pay their debts.

4. Lack of Specialisation:
Since the business unit is small and the financial resources are limited, experts in different fields cannot be employed to secure maximum advantages.

5. Hasty Decisions:
Sole proprietor is more likely to take hasty decision as he need not consult anybody else.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Commerce Sole Proprietorship Additional Questions and Answers

I. Choose the Correct Answer:

Question 1.
…………….. is that form of business organisation which is owned and controlled by a single individual.
(a) Sole trading concern
(b) Partnership firm
(c) Joint Hindu family business
(d) Joint stock companies
Answer:
(a) Sole trading concern

Question 2.
…………….. is known as individual entrepreneurship.
(a) Partnership
(b) Sole trader
(c) Joint stock company
(d) Co – operative
Answer:
(b) Sole trader

Question 3.
When his business assets are not sufficient to pay off the business debts, he has to pay from his personal property.
(a) Unlimited Liability
(b) Flexibility
(c) Small capital
(d) Limited Liability
Answer:
(a) Unlimited Liability

Question 4.
“He receives all the profits and risks all of his property in the success or failure of the enterprise”- was said by
(a) Wheeler
(b) J.L. Hansen
(c) H.Haney
(d) O.R. Krishnasamy
Answer:
(a) Wheeler

Question 5.
Which of the following is under non – corporate enterprise?
(a) Government
(b) Co – operative
(c) Company
(d) Sole trading concern
Answer:
(d) Sole trading concern

II. Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
How was the decisions taken in sole proprietorship?
Answer:
Since an individual is himself as a owner, he need not consult anybody else. Hence he can take quick decisions.

Question 2.
What should be the Government role in sole proprietorship?
Answer:
A sole proprietor concern is free from Government regulations. No legal formalities are to be observed in its formation, management or in its closure.

III. Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
What is limited capital?
Answer:
Since the capital is contributed by one individual only, business operations have necessarily to be on a limited scale.

Question 2.
What is limited managerial skill?
Answer:
Single person’s intelligence and experience may not help him beyond a certain stage. Since he has to focus on each and every activity, his managerial ability is bound to be limited.

For future Learning

Question a.
Mahesh is a young graduate who has inherited a sum of Rs 1,00,000 by way of family savings. He also has a family house to which he has sole title as the only son of his father. He is thinking of starting a small factory for the manufacture of plastic toys. What form of ownership organisation will you advise him to choose?
Answer:
Sole Trader.

Question b.
Amar started a business on his own. He has his father helping him with the accounts and his brother helps him with looking after customers in the evening. Amar pays a monthly salary to his father and brother. Identify the form of business organisation.
Answer:
Sole Trader.

Share this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Commerce Chapter 4 Sole Proprietorship Questions and Answers with your friends to help them to overcome the issues in exams. Keep visiting this site Tamilnadu State Board Solutions frequently to get the latest information on different subjects. Clarify your doubts by posting the comments and get the answers in an easy manner.

Samacheer Kalvi 6th English Solutions Term 1 Supplementary Chapter 3 Spices of India

Students can Download English Lesson 3 Spices of India Questions and Answers, Summary, Activity, Notes, Samacheer Kalvi 6th English Book Solutions Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 6th English Solutions Term 1 Supplementary Chapter 3 Spices of India

A. Answer the following questions.

Spices Of India Supplementary Question 1.
Why do we add spices to food?
Answer:
We add spices to food to balance nutrition and to keep us healthy.

Spices Of India 6th Std Summary Question 2.
Which spices are used a lot in Indian food?
Answer:
Spices used a lot in Indian food are cumin, mustard, pepper, cloves, fennel,cinnamon and turmeric

Spices Of India Supplementary Summary Question 3.
Which parts of a plant are collected as spices?
Answer:
Flowers, leaves, roots, bark, seeds and bulbs.

Spices Of India Summary Question 4.
What are the uses of spices?
Answer:
The spices give the dish a special, savoury taste. It makes us want to eat more!

6th Standard Question 5.
What happened after Columbus discovered America?
Answer:
After Columbus discovered America, he got chilli.

B. Choose the best option.

Indian Spices Book Pdf Question 1.
People say curry comes from a Tamil word ‘kari’ which means _______
(a) soup
(b) sauce
(c) sambar
Answer:
(b) sauce

Spices Of India Question 2.
Pepper is also known as _________
(a) liquid gold
(b) black gold
(c) white gold
Answer:
(b) black gold

Spices English Question 3.
_______ wrote about cinnamon in 2700 BC (BCE).
(a) Chinese
(b) Indians
(c) Japanese
Answer:
(a) Chinese

Question 4.
The Greeks, Romans and Egyptians all bought cinnamon from _________
(a) Japan
(b) South America
(c) India
Answer:
(c) India

Project

C. compare the travel maps of vasco da gama and Columbus

Spices Of India Supplementary Samacheer Kalvi 6th English Solutions Term 1 Chapter 3

Flit In the table with the prompts. Frame sentences with the help of the table.
Spices Of India 6th Std Summary Samacheer Kalvi English Solutions Term 1 Supplementary Chapter 3
Answer:

SailorVasco da GamaColumbus
Year of travel1497 – 14991492-1504
Started fromPortugalPortugal
ReachedCalicutSouth America
ExploredMelinda, MombacaBahamas, Cuba, La Isabella
Taken awayBlack pepperChilli

Connecting To Self

D. Leek it the table carefully. Then Complet the points below.

  1. The paddy plants are given manure after 35 days watering
  2. The plants take 35 – 90 days in ripening phase.
  3. It takes 10 days to harvest the rice.
  4. The rice grains have to be dried and then stored.
  5. We store the grains for 120 days before boiling.

E. Talk In groups, Then share your thoughts with the class,

  • Do you usually eat all the food served to you? If not, what are the reasons? When you eat lunch at school, which are the dishes you don’t eat or waste?
  • Why do you avoid certain food items?
  • Can you think of ways to reduce the amount of food wasted in your school?
  • Have you seen or known anyone in need of food? Have you helped them? How?
  • Take a pledge in your group not to waste food.

(To be done by the students)

Steps To Success

Question 1.
Four of the following five are alike in certain ways and so form a group. Which is the one that does not belong to that group?
(a) Garlic
(b) Sesame
(c) Mustard
(d) Olive
(e) Com
Answer:
(a) All others are grown above the ground, while garlic grows under the ground.

Question 2.
In a certain code language if KBOVBSZ is the code word for JANUARY, what is the code word for OCTOBER?
(a) PDUBCFS
(b) PDUPCFS
(c) BDUPCFB
(d) PDUPCFM
Answer:
Spices Of India Supplementary Summary Samacheer Kalvi 6th English Solutions Term 1 Chapter 3

Spices of India Additional Questions

I. Choose The Correct Answers.

Question 1.
Spices are added to balance _______
(a) height
(b) weight
(c) nutrition
Answer:
(c) nutrition

Question 2.
Kari means _______
(a) sauce
(b) chutney
(c) curd
Answer:
(a) sauce

Question 3.
Columbus went to find
(a) Iran
(b) Italy
(c) India
Answer:
(c) India

Question 4.
Spices were traded along with
(a) paper
(b) perfume
(c) metals
Answer:
(b) perfume

Question 5.
Pepper is called as _______
(a) white gold
(b) black gold
(c) black diamond
Answer:
(b) black gold

II. Steps To Success.

Question 1.
Surya is 6th from the left end in a row of 20 boys, and Karthik is 13th from the right end in the same row. How many boys are there in between them in the row?
(a) Two
(b) Three
(c) One
(d) None
Answer:
(c) One

Question 2.
Find the odd one out:
(a) orange
(b) pear
(c) apple
(d) papaya
(e) mango
Answer:
(e) Mango has only one seed in the given list of fruits.

Question 3.
Find the odd one out:
(a) carrot
(b) cucumber
(c) onion
(d) potato
(e) tomato
Answer:
(d) All except potato can be eaten raw.

III. Rearrange The Following Jumbled Sentences Intile Correct Order.

1. Many spices are added to keep us healthy.
2. They add no fat and no calories.
3. In India, spices are the soul of food.
4. They add flavour to dishes.
5. When we think of spices, we think of tasty & healthy food.
Answer:
(3, 5,1, 2,4)
3. In India, spices are the soul of food.
5. When we think of spices, we think of tasty & healthy food.
1. Many spices are added to keep us healthy.
2. They add flavour to dishes.
4. They add no fat and no calories.

IV. Read The Passage And Answer The Questions.

1. When it comes to Indian food, the first thing that comes to many people’s minds is probably ‘ Spicy curry’. People say curry comes from the Tamil word ‘kari’. In Tamil, kari means sauce. It is something that is cooked with a roasted or powdered mixture of spices, condiments and herbs. This mixture of spices can be different in different places. It can be mild or it can be spicy and pungent. Flowers, leaves, roots, bark, seeds and bulbs, are combined in many different ways to produce a great variety of flavours: sweet, sharp, hot, sour, spicy, aromatic, tart, mild, flagrant or pungent. When cooked with rice, meat, fish, or vegetables, the spices give the dish a special, savoury taste. It makes us want to eat more.

Question a.
What comes to our mind of Indian food?
Answer:
When it comes to Indian food, the first thing that comes to many people’s minds is probably ‘Spicy curry’.

Question b.
Explain the term “curry”
Answer:
People say curry comes from the Tamil word ‘kari’. In Tamil, kari means sauce.

Question c.
How will a curry be?
Ans.
It can be mild or it can be spicy and pungent.

Question d.
What are the parts used as spices?
Answer:
Flowers, leaves, roots, bark, seeds and bulbs, are combined in many different ways to produce a great variety of flavours.

Question e.
Why do we add of plant spice?
Answer:
It makes us want to eat more.

2. Black pepper also known as ‘Black gold’ was the most prized spice traded from the Kerala coast. Indians have been using black pepper for a very long time. Farmers began growing it in around 5000 years ago. And exported it to North and West Asia. The trade soon spread to Greece, Rome, Europe, and China, and also became popular in the Islamic empire. Recipes from rich Roman households show the value of the spice in ancient Rome. The Romans sent 120 ships a year from Egypt to trade with India and bring back enormous quantities of pepper.

Question a.
Where was pepper traded from?
Answer:
Black pepper also known as ‘Black gold’ was the most prized spice traded from the Kerala coast.

Question b.
When did farmers grow pepper?
Answer:
Farmers began growing it in around 5000 years ago.

Question c.
How do we know that Romans used pepper?
Answer:
Recipes from rich Roman households show the value of the spice in ancient Rome.

Question d.
Describe the pepper trade between Egypt & India.
Answer:
The Romans sent 120 ships a year from Egypt to trade with India and bring back enormous quantities of pepper.

V. Paragraph Questions.

Question 1.
What are the adventures that spices bring to our mind?
Answer:
Apart from delicious food, spices also bring to mind adventures. Many of the most exciting voyages and modem history were made to conquer the spice trade and the race to become its master. The colonization of the America and Asia had its roots in spice trade. In 1492, Columbus went West to find India and pepper, but ran into America and the Chilli’.- Vasco-do-gama, six years later, went around Africa to reach Kozhikode, the home of pepper. These voyages ended the very profitable trade that the Arabs and Romans had built up over the centuries. They set the stage for a new world.

Question 2.
Which was the most prized spice traded from the Kerala coast? Who were using this spice?
Answer:
Black pepper also known as ‘Black gold’ was the most prized spice traded from the Kerala coast. Indians have been using black pepper for a very long time. Farmers began growing it in around 5000 years ago and exported it to North and West Asia. The trade soon spread to Greece, Rome, Europe, China and in the Islamic empire. Recipes from rich Roman households show the value of the spice in ancient Rome. The Romans sent 120 ships a year from Egypt to trade with India for Black pepper.

Question 3.
Who bought cinnamon from India and how did Venetians prosper by this spice?
Answer:
Cinnamon not only adds great flavour to food, it also helps to preserve it. People from other parts of the world appreciated the fragrance and taste of cinnamon. They wanted it too and were willing to pay a good price for it. The Greeks, the Romans and Egyptians bought cinnamon from India. In the middle ages, the Venetians grew rich by taxing the cinnamon that was brought from India to Europe and the Meditteranean.

Question 4.
Write a paragraph on My favourite dish.
Answer:
My favourite dish is Briyani. I know it is yummy due to the spices in it. It is made with tasty spices, rice, meat (chicken, goat, prawn, or fish), vegetables or eggs. My mother uses garlic, ginger, curd, cumin seeds, pepper, chillies etc. She uses a little curd and lemon juice to get a tangy taste.

Question 5.
Write a paragraph on My favourite teacher.
Answer:
My favorite teacher is Mrs. Nalini who teaches me English. She studied in Delhi and came back Chennai to be an English teacher. She has skills at teaching, sense of humour, friendly, patient and easygoing. She would give us lots of assignments which were for improving our English. She is very patient and enthusiastic to teach us whenever we had questions in her classes.

VI. Complete In Given Dialogue.

Priya : Good Morning (i) ________ ?
Sowmiya : I am watching T V dear.
Priya : Shall we go for a movie today?
Sowmiya (ii) ________________
Priya : I will come and pick you up at 5 p.m.
Sowmiya (iii) ________________
Priya : Ok. See you then.
Answer:

  1. Sowmiya! What are you doing?
  2. With pleasure. I am ready to see a movie.
  3. Thank you. I will wait for you.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Students can Download Accountancy Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Book Solutions Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Depreciation Accounting Text Book Back Questions and Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Choose the Correct Answer

Depreciation Accounting Problems And Solutions Pdf Question 1.
Under straight line method, the amount of depreciation is ……………..
(a) Incfeasing every year
(b) Decreasing every year
(c) Constant for all the years
(d) Fluctuating every year
Answer:
(c) Constant for ail the years

Depreciation Problems And Solutions Question 2.
If the total charge of depreciation and maintenance cost are considered, the method that provides a uniform charge is ……………..
(a) Straight line method
(b) Diminishing balance method
(c) Annuity method
(d) Insurance policy method
Answer:
(b) Diminishing balance method

Depreciation Questions And Answers Pdf Question 3.
Under the written down value method of depreciation, the amount of depreciation is ……………..
(a) Uniform in all the years
(b) Decreasing every year
(c) Increasing every year
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Decreasing every year

Depreciation Questions And Answers For Class 11 Pdf Question 4.
Depreciation provided on machinery is debited to ……………..
(a) Depreciation account
(b) Machinery account
(c) Trading account
(d) Provision for depreciation account
Answer:
(a) Depreciation account

Depreciation Accounting Questions And Answers Question 5.
Cash received from sale of fixed asset is credited to ……………..
(a) Profit and loss account
(b) Fixed asset account
(c) Depreciation account
(d) Bank account
Answer:
(b) Fixed asset account

Class 11 Depreciation Questions Question 6.
Depreciation is provided on ……………….
(a) Fixed assets
(b) Current assets
(c) Outstanding charges
(d) All assets
Answer:
(a) Fixed assets

Depreciation Straight Line Method Questions And Answers Pdf Question 7.
Depreciation is caused by ……………..
(a) Lapse of time
(b) Usage
(c) Obsolescence
(d) a, b and c
Answer:
(d) a, b and c

Depreciation Class 11 Practical Problems Question 8.
Depreciation is the process of ……………..
(a) Allocation of cost of the asset to the period of its useful life
(b) Valuation of assets
(c) Maintenance of an asset in a state of efficiency
(d) Adding value to the asset
Answer:
(a) Allocation of cost of the asset to the period of its useful life

Depreciation Problems And Solutions Pdf Question 9.
For which of the following assets, the depletion method is adopted for writing off cost of the asset?
(a) Plant and machinery
(b) Mines and quarries
(c) Buildings
(d) Trademark
Answer:
(b) Mines and quarries

Class 11 Accountancy Chapter 10 Solutions Question 10.
A depreciable asset may suffer obsolescence due to ……………..
(a) Passage of time
(b) Wear and tear
(c) Technological changes
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Technological changes

Depreciation Class 11 Solutions Question 11.
Which method shall be efficient, if repairs and maintenance cost of an asset increases as it grows older?
(a) Straight line method
(b) Reducing balance method
(c) Sinking fund method
(d) Annuity method
Answer:
(b) Reducing balance method

Depreciation Problems With Answers Question 12.
Depreciation is to be calculated from the date when ……………..
(a) Asset is put to use
(b) Purchase order is made
(c) Asset is received at business premises
(d) Invoice of assets is received
Answer:
(a) Asset is put to use

Depreciation Accounting Questions And Answers Pdf Question 13.
If the rate of depreciation is same, then the amount of depreciation under straight line method vis – a – vis written down value method will be
(a) Equal in all years
(b) Equal in the first year but higher in subsequent years
(c) Equal in the first year but lower in subsequent years
(d) Lower in the first year but equal in subsequent years
Answer:
(b) Equal in the first year but higher in subsequent years

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Book Pdf Question 14.
Residual value of an asset means the amount that it can fetch on sale at the of its useful life.
(a) Beginning
(b) End
(c) Middle
(d) None
Answer:
(b) End

II. Very Short Answer Questions

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Book Question 1.
What is meant by depreciation?
Answer:
The process of allocation of the relevant cost of a fixed asset over its useful life is known as depreciation. It is an allocation of cost against the benefits derived from a fixed asset during an accounting period.

Accounts Samacheer Kalvi Question 2.
List out the various methods of depreciation.
Answer:

  1. Straight line method or fixed instalment method or Original cost method.
  2. Written down value method or Diminishing balance method or Reducing balance method.
  3. Sum of years digits method.
  4. Machine hour rate method.
  5. Depletion method.
  6. Annuity method.
  7. Revaluation method.
  8. Sinking fund method.
  9. Insurance Policy method.

Question 3.
Give the formula to find out the amount and rate of depreciation under straight line method of depreciation.
Answer:
1. Amount of depreciation per year = Depreciation Accounting Problems And Solutions Pdf Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Chapter 10
2. Rate of depreciation = Depreciation Problems And Solutions Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Chapter 10

Question 4.
What is annuity method?
Answer:
Under this method, not only the original cost of the asset but also the amount of interest on the investment is taken into account while computing depreciation. The idea of considering interest is that if the investment is made in any other asset instead of the relevant fixed asset, it . would have earned a certain rate of interest. To calculate the amount of depreciation, annuity factor is used. Annuity factor can be found out from the annuity table or by using formula. Amount of depreciation is computed as follows:
Amount of depreciation = Annuity factor x original cost of the asset.

Question 5.
What is sinking fund method?
Answer:
This method is adopted especially when it is desired not merely to write off an asset but also to provide enough funds to replace an asset at the end of its working life. Under this method, the amount charged as depreciation is transferred to depreciation fund and invested outside the business. The investment is made in safe securities which offer a certain rate of interest. Interest is received annually and reinvested every year along with the amount of annual depreciation. On the expiry of the life of the asset, the investments are sold and the sale proceeds are used for replacement of the asset. This method of depreciation is suitable for assets of higher value. This method is also known as depreciation fund method.

III. Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
What are the objectives of providing depreciation?
Answer:

  1. To find out the true profit or loss
  2. To present the true and fair view of financial position
  3. To facilitate replacement of fixed assets
  4. To avail tax benefits
  5. To comply with legal requirements

Question 2.
What are the causes for depreciation?
Answer:

  1. Wear and tear
  2. Efflux of time
  3. Obsolescence
  4. Inadequacy for the purpose
  5. Lack of maintenance
  6. Abnormal factors

Question 3.
State the advantages and limitations of straight line method of depreciation.
Answer:
Advantages:

  • Simple and easy to understand
  • Equality of depreciation burden
  • Assets can be completely written off
  • Suitable for the assets having fixed working life

Limitations:

  • Ignores the actual use of the asset
  • Ignores the interest factor
  • Total charge on the assets will be more when the asset becomes older
  • Difficulty in the determination of scrap value

Question 4.
State the advantages and limitations of written down value method of depreciation.
Answer:
Advantages:

  • Equal charge against income
  • Logical method

Limitations:

  • Assets cannot be completely written off
  • Ignores the interest factor
  • Difficulty in determining the rate of depreciation
  • Ignores the actual use of the asset

Question 5.
Distinguish between straight line method and written down value method of providing depreciation.
Answer:
Depreciation Questions And Answers Pdf Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10

IV. Exercises

Straight line method:

Question 1.
A firm purchased a plant for ₹ 40,000. Erection charges amounted to ₹ 2,000. Effective life of the plant is 5 years. Calculate the amount of depreciation per year under straight line method.
Answer:
Calculation of amount of depreciation
Amount of depreciation = Depreciation Questions And Answers For Class 11 Pdf Samacheer Kalvi Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10
Original cost = Purchase of plant + Erection charges = ₹ 40,000 + ₹ 2,000 = ₹ 42,000
Estimated life = 5 years = \(\frac{₹ 42000-0}{5 \text { years }}\) = ₹ 8,400/-

Question 2.
A company purchased a building for ₹ 50,000. The useful life of the building is 10 years and the residual value is ₹ 2,000. Find out the amount and rate of depreciation under straight line method.
Answer:
(1) Calculation of amount of depreciation:
Amount of depreciation = Depreciation Accounting Questions And Answers Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10
Original cost = ₹ 50,000
residual value = ₹ 2,000
Estimated life = 10 years
\(\frac{50,000-2,000}{10 \text { years }}\) = \(\frac { 48,000 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 4,800/-

(2) Calculation of rate of depreciation:
rate of depreciation = Class 11 Depreciation Questions Samacheer Kalvi Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 = \(\frac { 48,000 }{ 50,000 }\) x 100 = 9.6%

Question 3.
Furniture was purchased for ₹ 60,000 on 1-7-2016. It is expected to last for 5 years. Estimated scrap at the end of five years is ₹ 4,000. Find out the rate of depreciation under straight line method.
Answer:
(1) Amount of depreciation = Depreciation Straight Line Method Questions And Answers Pdf Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10
Original cost = ₹ 60,000
Scrap value = ₹ 4,000
Estimated life = 5 years
= \(\frac{60,000-4,000}{5 \text { years }}\) = \(\frac { 56,000 }{ 5 }\) = ₹ 11,200/-

Question 4.
Calculate the rate of depreciation under straight line method from the following information: Purchased a second hand machinery on 1.1.2018 for ₹ 38,000 On 1.1.2018 spent ₹ 12,000 on its repairs
Expected useful life of machine is 4 years
Estimated residual value ₹ 6,000
Answer:
Original cost – residual value
(1) Calculation of amount of depreciation = Depreciation Class 11 Practical Problems Samacheer Kalvi Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Accounting
Original cost = Purchase of machinery + repair charges = 38,000 + 12,000 = 50,000
Residual value = 6,000
Estimated life = 4 years = \(\frac{50,000-6,000}{4 \text { years }}\) = ₹ 11,000/-
(2) Rate of depreciation = Depreciation Problems And Solutions Pdf Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Chapter 10

= \(\frac { 11,000 }{ 50,000 }\) x 100 = 22 %

Question 5.
Calculate the rate of depreciation under straight line method.
Purchase price of a machine ₹ 80,000
Expenses to be capitalised ₹ 20,000
Estimated residual value ₹ 4,000
Expected useful life ₹ 4 years
Answer:
Original cost – residual value = Class 11 Accountancy Chapter 10 Solutions Samacheer Kalvi 1Solutions Depreciation Accounting
Original cost = Machine purchased + capitalised expenses
80,000 + 20,000 = 1,00,000
Residual value = 4,000
Estimated life = 4 years
= \(\frac{1,00,000-4,000}{4 \text { years }}\) = \(\frac { 96,000 }{ 4 }\) = ₹ 24,000/-

Question 6.
Machinery was purchased on 1st January 2015 for ₹ 4,00,000. ₹ 15,000 was spent on its erection and ₹ 10,000 on its freight charges. Depreciation is charged at 10% per annum on straight line method. The books are closed on 31st March each year. Calculate the amount of depreciation on machinery for the first two years.
Answer:
Calculation of depreciation:
Original cost = Machinery purchased + erection charges + freight charges
= 4,00,000 + 15,000 + 10 ,000
= 4,25,000
Depreciation Class 11 Solutions Samacheer Kalvi Accountancy Chapter 10
First year depreciation = ₹ 10,625
Second year depreciation = ₹ 42,500

Question 7.
An asset is purchased on 1.1.2016 for ₹ 25,000. Depreciation is to be provided annually according to straight line method. The useful life of the asset is 10 years and its residual value is ₹ 1,000. Accounts are closed on 31st December every year. You are required to find out the rate of depreciation and give journal entries for first two years.
Answer:
Amount of depreciation = Depreciation Problems With Answers Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10
Original cost = ₹ 25,000
Residual value = ₹ 1,000
Estimated life = 10 years
= \(\frac{25,000-1,000}{10 \text { years }}\) = \(\frac { 24,000 }{ 10 }\) = ₹ 24,000/-

(2) Rate of depreciation = Depreciation Accounting Questions And Answers Pdf Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10
= \(\frac { 2,400 }{ 25,000 }\) x 100 = 9.6%
Journal Entries for first two years
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Book Pdf Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation

Question 8.
From the following particulars, give journal entries for 2 years and prepare machinery account under straight line method of providing depreciation:
Machinery was purchased on 1.1.2016
Price of the machine ₹ 36,000
Freight charges ₹ 2,500
Installation charges ₹ 1,500
Life of the machine 5 years
Answer:
Calculation of Asset of depreciation:
Amount of depreciation = Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Book Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Original cost = Price of the machine + Freight charges + Installation charges
= 36,000 + 2,500 + 1,500 = ₹ 40,000
= \(\frac { 40,000 – 0 }{ 5 years }\) = ₹ 8,000
Journal Entries for 2 years
Accounts Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Machinery
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Question 9.
A manufacturing company purchased on 1st April, 2010, a plant and machinery for ₹ 4,50,000 and spent ₹ 50,000 on its installation. After having used it for three years, it was sold for ₹ 3,85,000. Depreciation is to be provided every year at the rate of 15% per annum on the fixed instalment method. Accounts are closed on 31st March every year. Calculate profit or loss on sale of machinery.
Answer:
Calculation of Profit or Loss on sale of Machinery
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Note: If the selling price is more than the book value is called profit.
Selling price – Book value = Profit 3,85,000 – 2,75,000 = 1,10,000
Profit on sale of Machinery is = ₹ 1,10,000.

Question 10.
On 1st April 2008, Sudha and Company purchased machinery for ₹ 64,000. To instal the machinery expenses incurred was ₹ 28,000. Depreciate machinery 10% p.a. under straight line method. On 30th June, 2010 the worn out machinery was sold for ₹ 52,000. The books are closed on 31st December every year. Show machinery account.
Answer:
Workings:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
If Book value is more than the selling price it is called loss.
Book value – selling price = loss
71,300 – 52,000 = 19,300
Loss on sale of machinery is = 19,300
Machinery
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Question 11.
Ragul purchased machinery on April 1, 2014 for ₹ 2,00,000. On 1st October 2015, a new machine costing ₹ 1,20,000 was purchased. On 30th September 2016, the machinery purchased on April 1, 2014 was sold for ₹ 1,20,000. Books of accounts are closed on 31st March and depreciation is to be provided at 10% p.a. on straight line method. Prepare machinery account and depreciation account for the years 2014 – 15 to 2016 – 17.
Answer:
Workings
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Machinery
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Written down value method

Question 12.
An asset is purchased for ₹ 50,000. The rate of depreciation is 15% p.a. Calculate the annual depreciation for the first two years under diminishing balance method.
Answer:
Workings: Calculation of depreciation of Machinery
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Question 13.
A boiler was purchased on 1st January 2015 from abroad for ₹ 10,000. Shipping and forwarding charges amounted to ₹ 2,000. Import duty ₹ 7,000 and expenses of installation amounted to ₹ 1,000. Calculate depreciation for the first 3 years @10% p.a. on diminishing balance method assuming that the accounts are closed 31st December each year.
Answer:
Calculation of amount of depreciation on diminishing balance method:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
2015 Depreciation ₹ 2,000
2016 Depreciation ₹ 1,800
2017 Depreciation ₹ 1,620

Question 14.
A furniture costing ₹ 5,000 was purchased on 1.1.2016, the installation charges being ₹ 1,000. The furniture is to be depreciated @ 10% p.a. on the diminishing balance method. Pass journal entries for the first two years.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Journal Entries
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Question 15.
A firm acquired a machine on 1st April 2015 at a cost of ₹ 50,000. Its life is 6 years. The firm writes off depreciation @ 30% p.a. on the diminishing balance method. The firm closes its books on 31st December every year. Show the machinery account and depreciation account for three years starting from 1st April 2015.
Answer:
Workings:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Machinery
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Depreciation A/c
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Question 16.
A firm purchased a machine for ₹ 1,00,000 on 1-7-2015. Depreciation is written off at 20% on reducing balance method. The firm closes its books on 31st December each year. Show the machinery account upto 31-12-2017.
Answer:
Workings:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
MachineryA/c
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Question 17.
On 1st October 2014, a truck was purchased for ₹ 8,00,000 by Laxmi Transports Ltd. Depreciation was provided @ 15% p.a. under diminishing balance method. On 31st March 2017, the above truck was sold for ₹ 5,00,000. Accounts are closed on 31st March every year. Find out the profit or loss made on the sale of the truck.
Answer:
Calculation of Profit or loss on sale of truck:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Note: If Book value is more than the selling price it is called loss:
Book value – selling price = Loss
5,34,650 – 5,00,000 = 34,650
∴ Loss on sale of truck = ₹ 34,650

Question 18.
On 1st January 2015, a second hand machine was purchased for ₹ 58,000 and ₹ 2,000 was spent on its repairs. On 1st July 2017, it was sold for ₹ 28,600. Prepare the machinery account for the years 2015 to 2017 under written down value method by assuming the rate of depreciation as 10% p.a. and the accounts are closed on 31st December every year.
Answer:
Calculation of profit or loss on sale of machinery
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Note: If Book value is more than the selling price it is called loss.
Book value – selling price = loss
46,170 – 28,600 = 17,570
∴ Loss on sale of machinery = ₹ 17,570
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Question 19.
Raj & Co purchased a machine on 1st January 2014 for ₹ 90,000. On 1st July 2014, they purchased another machine for ₹ 60,000. On 1st January 2015, they sold the machine purchased on 1st January 2014 for ₹ 40,000. It was decided that the machine be depreciated at 10% per annum on diminishing balance method. Accounts are closed on 31st December every year. Show the machinery account for the years 2014 and 2015.
Answer:
Workings
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting
Note: If Book value is more than the selling price is called loss.
Book value – selling price = loss
81,000 – 40,000 = 41,000
Machinery
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting

Textbook Case Study Solved

Question a.
Lucky & Co’s income statement shows a loss of ₹ 3,000. The owner thinks that there is no need to provide for depreciation as the company has made a loss. He also suggests his accountant to change the method of depreciation for the next year so as to avoid the loss. But, the accountant is hesitant to make the necessary changes suggested by his owner.
Now, discuss on the following points:

Question 1.
Do you agree on the point that there is no need to charge depreciation when the company has made a loss?
Answer:
No, I don’t agree on the point that there is no need to charge depreciation when the company has made a loss. We have to charge depreciation whether profit or loss, otherwise we cannot find out the actual profit or loss.

Question 2.
Why does the accountant hesitate to make the changes suggested by his owner?
Answer:
The accountant hesitates to make the changes suggested by his owner because it will differ the profit or loss for the business. The depreciation is a necessary one, so it must be deducted every year.

Question 3.
What are the accounting principles not followed if the accountant agrees to his owner’s suggestion?
Answer:
If the accountant agrees to his owner’s suggestion, they will not follow double entry system.

Question 4.
Do you think charging depreciation could be the only reason for the company’s loss?
Answer:
No, charging depreciation could not be the only reason for the company’s loss, because the business activities are subject to change but the depreciation is compulsory when the business is running.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Depreciation Accounting Additional Questions and Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Choose the correct answer

Question 1.
Depreciation is the gradual and permanent decrease in the value of an asset from any cause ……………….
(a) Owen
(b) Wheeler
(c) Spicer and Pegler
(d) R.N. Carter
Answer:
(d) R.N. Carter

Question 2.
Certain assets whether used or not become potentially less useful with the passage of time ……………….
(a) Efflux of time
(b) Lack of maintenance
(c) Abnormal factors
(d) Wear and tear
Answer:
(a) Efflux of time

Question 3.
The normal use of a tangible asset results in physical deterioration which is called ……………….
(a) Wear and tear
(b) Abnormal factors
(c) Obsolescence
(d) Efflux of time
Answer:
(a) Wear and tear

Question 4.
Allocation of acquisition cost of intangible fixed assets such as goodwill is called ……………….
(a) Abnormal factors
(b) Wear and tear
(c) Amortization
(d) Obsolescence
Answer:
(c) Amortization

Question 5.
………………. is also known as residual value.
(a) Book value
(b) Scrap value
(c) Amortization
(d) Wear and tear
Answer:
(b) Scrap value

Question 6.
The following formula is used to complete the rate of depreciation under Samacheer Kalvi 11th Accountancy Solutions Chapter 10 Depreciation Accounting……………….
(a) Written down value method
(b) Straight line method
(c) Machine hour rate method
(d) Annuity method
Answer:
(a) Written down value method

II. Very Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
State R.N. Carter’s definition of depreciation.
Answer:
According to R.N. Carter, “Depreciation is the gradual and permanent decrease in the value of an asset from any cause”.

Question 2.
What is wear and tear?
Answer:
The normal use of a tangible asset results in physical deterioration which is called wear and tear. When there is wear and tear, the value of the asset decreases proportionately.

Question 3.
What is obsolescence?
Answer:
It is a reduction in the value of assets as a result of the availability of updated alternative assets. This happens due to new inventions and innovations.

Question 4.
What is Straight line method?
Answer:
Under this method, a fixed percentage on the original cost of the asset is charged every year by way of depreciation. Hence it is called original cost method. As the amount of depreciation remains equal in all years over the useful life of an asset, it is also called as fixed instalment method.

Question 5.
What is written down value method?
Answer:
Under this method, depreciation is charged at a fixed percentage on the written down value of the asset every year. Hence, it is called written down value method.

III. Short Answer Questions

Question 1.
Write a note on sum of years of digits method.
Answer:
This method is similar to the diminishing balance method. The amount of depreciation goes on decreasing year after year in proportion to the unexpired life of the asset. This method is suitable for those assets having more profitability of obsolescence and increased repair charges as the assets grow older. Under this method, amount of depreciation per year is calculated by multiplying the cost of the asset and the number of remaining years of life and dividing it by the sum of the digits of all years of life of the asset.

Question 2.
What is machine hour rate method?
Answer:
Under this method, depreciation per machine hour is calculated. The cost of the machinery after deducting the residual value, if any, is divided by the estimated working hours of the machine to find the depreciation per hour. The actual depreciation for any given period depends upon the working hours during that year. The special feature of this method is that depreciation is found directly in proportion to the actual use of the asset. Under this method life of the asset is estimated in hours and not in years.

Question 3.
What is Depletion method?
Answer:
Depletion means exhaustion of natural resources. That is depletion means quantitative reduction in the content of assets. This is applicable to those assets that get exhausted due to extraction and exploitation. Examples: mines and oil fields, etc. Under this method, depreciation rate is calculated on the basis of the estimated quantities of the output during the whole life of the asset.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th English Solutions Prose Chapter 4 The Summit

Students can Download English Lesson 4 The Summit Questions and Answers, Summary, Activity, Notes, Samacheer Kalvi 12th English Book Solutions Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th English Solutions Prose Chapter 4 The Summit

The Summit 12th Prose Summary Warm up

(a) Adventures, expeditions and explorations are always exciting. Especially when they are real and if it is the first of its kind, it is even more thrilling. The only question that comes to ones mind is what makes one to take up such tasks that involve high risks. It is the spirit of formidable adventure and certain qualities which make them achieve such feats.

The Summit 12th Prose Summary Samacheer Kalvi English Solutions Chapter 4

(b) Tick the qualities that are required to achieve such a feat.

passionrewarddeterminationphysical fitness
famefaithcouragemoney
drivevengeanceinspirationself-satisfaction
visionundying spiritinner-urgeperseverance

Answer:

passion ✓rewarddetermination ✓physical fitness ✓
famefaith ✓courage ✓money
drive ✓vengeanceinspiration ✓self-satisfaction
vision ✓undying spirit ✓inner-urge ✓perseverance ✓

Samacheer Kalvi 12th English The Summit Textual Questions

1. Based on your reading of the text, answer the following questions in one or two sentences each.

The Summit 12th Prose Paragraph Question (a)
What did Hillary do with his wet boots?
Answer:
Hillary cooked his wet boots over the fierce flame of the Primus and managed to soften them.

The Summit Paragraph Question (b)
Name an equipment and a tool carried by the climbers during their expedition.
Answer:
Oxygen gear is an equipment and ice-axe and ice hammer are some tools that climbers carry’ during their expedition.

The Summit Within Summary Question (c)
Why did Hillary become clumsy-fingered and slow-moving?
Answer:
After reaching the peak, Hillary ran out of oxygen, he was becoming clumsy-fingered and slow-moving. So, he quickly replaced his oxygen set.

The Summit Question And Answer Question (d)
What did Hillary find in a tiny hollow?
Answer:
Edmund Hillary and Tenzing reached a tiny hollow. They found two oxygen bottles left there by Evans and Bourdillon after a failed attempt.

The Summit 12th Prose Question (e)
When did Hillary feel a sense of freedom and well being?
Answer:
Their first partly-full bottle of oxygen got exhausted. They had only one oxygen bottle to cany. With reduced load of 20 litre bottle, Hillary cut steps down off the South Summit. So, he felt a sense of freedom and well-being.

Question (f)
What did Hillary mean by saying “We had had enough to do the job, but by no means too much”?
Answer:
It was providential will that Hillary found two oxygen bottles on the way up towards Everest. As they returned successfully after the conquer of Everest, just near their tent, their bottle ran out of oxygen. So, he says they had had enough oxygen to conquer Everest but by no means it was too much.

Additional Questions

Based on your reading of the text, answer the following questions in one or two sentences each.

Question (a)
Why was Pemba unable to accompany Tenzing and Hillary?
Answer:
Pemba was too ill to climb. So, he did not accompany Tenzing and Hillary.

Question (b)
Where did the three companions go back after climbing up to 27,900 feet?
Answer:
The three companions went back to the south col after climbing 27,900 feet.

Question (c)
When did Hillary and Tenzing get ready for the arduous climb to Everest?
Answer:
Hillary and Tenzing got ready to climb at 4 am on May 29, 1953.

Question (d)
How did Hillary and Tenzing energize themselves for the final lap of the ascent?
Answer:
Both Hillary and Tenzing drank a lot of lemon juice and sugar. They followed it with their last tin of sardines and biscuits.

Question (e)
Why did Hillary ask Tenzing lead when they sit ready to more at 6.30 am?
Answer:
Hillary was worried about his cold feet. So, he asked Tenzing to lead.

Question (f)
Why did Hillary feel relieved on discovering two oxygen bottles?
Answer:
Hillary scraped the ice if the gauges and felt relieved as they still contained several hundred liters of oxygen to last till they return to south col.

Question (g)
Who had left behind the two bottles of oxygen at the tiny hollow?
Answer:
Evans and Bourdillon had made an attempt to climb Everest. They failed in their mission. To reduce their load, they had left the two bottle of oxygen behind.

Question (h)
In which phase of the journey did Hillary and Tenzing find the snow dangerous?
Answer:
In the phase of the last 400 feet to the southern summit the snow was dangerous.

Question (i)
Why did Hillary doubt the feasibility of continuing the climb at one crucial point?
Answer:
As Hillary was inching his way up towards the Southern Summit, he slipped back there or four of his steps. Having a doubt about the feasibility of continuing the climb, he sought Tenzing’s advice.

Question (J)
When did Hillary and Tenzing Crampon on to the South Peak?
Answer:
After climbing for two and a half hours, they cramponed on the south peak at 9 am.

2. Answer the following questions in two or three sentences each.

Question (a)
How did the mountaineers belay?
Answer:
Belaying refers to a variety of techniques used by mountaineers to exert tension on a climbing rope so that a climber does not fall very far. A climbing partner typically applies tension at the other end of the rope whenever the climber is not climbing and removes the tension from the rope when the climber needs rope to continue to climb.

Question (b)
Why was the original zest fading away?
Answer:
As Hillary tried to reach the peak, he had to negotiate giant cornices on the right and steep rock sloped on the left. They had no idea as they trudged forward where the peak was. As Hillary cut around the back of one hump, another higher one would swing into the view. So, their original zest was fading away.

Question (c)
What did Edmund Hillary do to escape the large overhanging ice cornices?
Answer:
In a number of places, the overhanging ice cornices were very large. In order to escape them, Hillary cut a line of steps down to where the snow met the rocks on the west.

Question (d)
What did Tenzing and Edmund Hillary gift to the God of lofty Summit? How did they do it?
Answer:
A hole was made in the ice where Tenzing placed reverentially a bar of chocolate, a packet of biscuits, and a handfull of lollies. As Hillary remembered that his team head Col. Hunt had requested to place a crucifix after reaching the peak. So, he also made a hole in the snow and placed the crucifix beside Tenzing’s gift to the Gods. Devout Buddhists believed that at least a small token of gift should be left with Gods who have their homes in that lofty Everest.

Question (e)
What did the photograph portray?
Answer:
The photograph portrayed North Col and the old route which had been made famous by the struggles of those great climbers in 1920’s and 1930’s.

Question (f)
The soft snow was difficult and dangerous. Why?
Answer:
The soft snow made a route on top of the ridge both dangerous and difficult. Sometimes it held Hillary’s weight. But often it gave way suddenly. Thus it was dangerous for the climbers. But both persisted and trudged ahead for 400 feet and reached the southern summit.

Question (g)
How did the firm snow at the higher regions fill them with hope?
Answer:
They were a little perturbed by slippery soft snow. But as they reached firmer snow higher up, they felt better. As one bottle of oxygen got exhausted, their load was now less. As Hillary’s axe bit into the first steep slope of the ridge, his high hopes were realized. The snow was crystalline and firm. They were able to make comfortable belays to haul themselves up slowly.

Additional Questions

Answer the following questions in two or three sentences each.

Question (a)
When did Hillary and Tenzing realize their high hopes?
Answer:
As they trudged up, they came across crystalline and firm snow. As Hillary’s ice-axe bit into the first steep slop of the ridge, their high hopes were realized. They could make comfortable belays and move up with confidence.

Question (b)
What was thrilling to watch 8000 feet below them?
Answer:
In a number of places, the overhanging ice cornices were very large. In order to escape them, Hillary cut a line of steps down to where the snow met the rocks on the west. It was a great thrill to look straight down that enormous rock face to see 8000 ft below them the tiny tents of Camp 4 in the Western Cwm,

Question (c)
What were the immediate feelings of Hillary on the conquest of Everest?
Answer:
On the conquest of Everest Hillary ’s immediate feeling was that of relief that there were no move ridges to traverse. There were no more humps to tantalize them with hopes of success.

Question (d)
How did the achievers express their joy on the conquest?
Answer:
They shook hands. Tenzing threw his arms around Hillary’s shoulders. They thumped each other on the back until they were almost breathless.

Question (e)
How were the achievers welcomed by fellow climbers?
Answer:
Two figures came towards them a couple of hundred feet about their camp. They were George Lowe and Wilfrid Noyce, and it was thoughtful of them because Hillary ‘s oxygen ran out just then.

3. Based on the text, answer the following questions in a paragraph of about 100-150 words each.

1. We started up our cooker and
drank large quantities of lemon juice and
sugar, and followed this with our last tin of
sardines on biscuits. I dragged our oxygen
sets into the tent, cleaned the ice off them,
and then rechecked and tested them.

2. I had removed my boots, which
had become wet the day before, and they
were now frozen solid. So I cooked them
over the fierce flame of the Primus and
managed to soften them up. Over our
down clothing we donned our windproof
and on to our hands we pulled three pairs
of gloves – silk, woollen, and windproof.

3. At 6.30 a.m. we crawled out of that
tent into the snow, hoisted our 30 lb. of
oxygen gear on to our backs, connected
up our masks and turned on the valves to
bring life-giving oxygen into our lungs. A
few good deep breaths and we were ready
to go. Still a little worried about my cold
feet, I asked Tenzing to move off.

4. Tenzing kicked steps in a long
traverse back towards the ridge, and we
reached its crest where it forms a great
snow bump at about 28000 feet. From
here the ridge narrowed to a knife-edge
and, as my feet were now warm, I took
over the lead.

The Summit 12th Prose Paragraph Samacheer Kalvi English Solutions Chapter 4

5. The soft snow made a route on top
of the ridge both difficult and dangerous,
which sometimes held my weight but often
gave way suddenly. After several hundred
feet, we came to a tiny hollow, and found
there the two oxygen bottles left on the
earlier attempt by Evans and Bourdillon.
I scraped the ice off the gauges and was
relieved to find that they still contained
several hundred litres of oxygen-enough
to get us down to the South Col if used sparingly

6. I continued making the trail on up
the ridge, leading up for the last 400 feet
to the southern summit. The snow on this
face was dangerous, but we persisted in
our efforts to beat a trail up it.
We made frequent changes of
lead. As I was stamping a trail in the deep
snow, a section around me gave way and

7. I slipped back through three or four of
my steps. I discussed with Tenzing the
advisability of going on, and he, although
admitting that he felt unhappy about the
snow conditions, and finished with his
familiar phrase “Just as you wish”.

8. I decided to go on; and we finally
reached firmer snow higher up, and then
chipped steps up the last steep slopes and
cramponed on to the South Peak. It was
now 9 a.m.

9. We cut a seat for ourselves just
below the South Summit and removed our
oxygen apparatus. As our first partly-full
bottle of oxygen was now exhausted, we
had only one full bottle left. Our apparatus
was now much lighter, weighing just over
20 lb., and as I cut steps down off the South
Summit I felt a sense of freedom and well- being.

10. As my ice-axe bit into the first
steep slope of the ridge, my high hopes
were realized. The snow was crystalline
and firm. Two or three blows of the ice axe
produced a step large enough even for
our over-sized High Altitude boots, and
a firm thrust of the ice-axe would sink it
half-way up the shaft, giving a solid and
comfortable belay.

11. We moved one at a time. I would
cut a forty foot line of steps, Tenzing
belaying me while I worked. Then in turn I
would sink my shaft and put a few loops of
the rope around it, and Tenzing, protected
against a breaking step, would move up to
me. Then once again as he belayed me I
would go on cutting

12. In a number of places the
overhanging ice cornices were very large
indeed, and in order to escape them I cut a
line of steps down to where the snow met
the rocks on the west. It was a great thrill
to look straight down this enormous rock
face and to see, 8000 feet below us, the
tiny tents of Camp 4 in the Western Cwm.
Scrambling on the rocks and cutting
handholds on the snow, we were able to
shuffle past these difficult portions.

13. On its east side was another great
cornice; and running up the full forty feet
of the step was a narrow crack between
the cornice and the rock. Leaving Tenzing
to belay me as best he could, I jammed my
way into this crack. Then, kicking
backwards, I sank the spikes of my
crampons deep into the frozen snow
behind me and levered myself off the
ground

The Summit Paragraph Samacheer Kalvi 12th English Solutions Prose Chapter 4

14. Taking advantage of every little
rock hold, and all the force of knee,
shoulder, and arms I could muster, I
literally cramponed backwards up the
crack, praying that the cornice would
remain attached to the rock. My progress
although slow was steady. As Tenzing paid
out the rope, I inched my way upwards
until I could reach over the top of the rock
and drag myself out of the crack on to a
wide ledge.

The Summit Within Summary Samacheer Kalvi 12th English Solutions Prose Chapter 4

15. For a few moments I lay regaining
my breath, and for the first time really
felt the fierce determination that nothing
now could stop us reaching the top. I took
a firm stance on the ledge and signalled
to Tenzing to come on up. As I heaved
hard on the rope, Tenzing wriggled his
way up the crack, and finally collapsed at
the top like a giant fish when it has just
been hauled from the sea after a terrible
struggle.

16. The ridge continued as before:
giant cornices on the right; steep rock
sloped on the left. The ridge curved away
to the right and we have no idea where the
top was. As I cut around the back of one
hump, another higher one would swing
into view. Time was passing and the ridge
seemed never-ending.

17. Our original zest had now quite
gone, and it was turning more into a grim
struggle. I then realized that the ridge
ahead, instead of rising, now dropped
sharply away. I looked upwards to see a
narrow snow ridge running up to a snowy
summit. A few more whacks of the ice-axe
in the firm snow and we stood on top.

18. My first feelings were of relief–
relief that there were no more steps to
cut, no more ridges to traverse, and no
more humps to tantalize us with hopes
of success. I looked at Tenzing. In spite of
the balaclava helmet, goggles, and oxygen
mask – all encrusted with long icicles–that
concealed his face, there was no disguising
his grin of delight as he looked all around
him. We shook hands, and then Tenzing
threw his arm around my shoulders and
we thumped each other on the back until
we were almost breathless. It was 11.30
a.m. The ridge had taken us two and a
half hours, but it seemed like a lifetime
To the east was our giant

19. neighbour Makalu, unexplored and
unclimbed. Far away across the clouds,
the great bulk of Kanchenjunga loomed
on the horizon. To the west, we could
see the great unexplored ranges of Nepal
stretching off into the distance.

20. The most important photograph,
I felt, was a shot down the North Ridge,
showing the North Col and the old route
which had been made famous by the
struggles of those great climbers of the
1920’s and 1930’s. After ten minutes,
I realized that I was becoming rather
clumsy-fingered and slow-moving. So I
quickly replaced my oxygen set

Question (a)
How did Hillary and Tenzing prepare themselves before they set off to the summit? (Para 1, 2 and 3)
Answer:
They started up their cookers and drank lots of lemon juice and sugar. Then they took sardines and biscuits. Hillary cleaned the ice off the oxygen sets. He rechecked and tested them. He had removed his boots which had become wet the day before. They were now frozen solid. It would be very challenging to start climbing ice-cold Himalayas with such wet and chilling boots. So, he cooked them over the fierce flame of Primus and managed to soften them up. They were also conscious of the probabilitvof braving snow storms during the ascent. They . fortified their clothing with wind proof and also pulled three pairs of gloves silk, woollen, and windproof on to their hands. At 6.30 am they crawled out of their tent into the snow. They hoisted their 30 lb. of oxygen gear on their backs. Connecting their oxygen masks they turned on the valves to bring life-giving oxygen into their lungs. Taking a few deep breaths, fnev got ready to go.

Question (b)
Give an account of the journey to the South Col from 28,000 feet. (Para 4 to 8)
Answer:
From the altitude of 28000 feet, the ridge narrowed to a knife-edge and as Hillary’s feet were now warm, he took over the land and Tenzing followed him. The soft snow was difficult and dangerous to tackle. Sometimes it supported Hillary’s weight and often it gave way suddenly. After trudging several hundred feet, they reached a tiny hollow where they found two oxygen bottles left by Evans and Bourdillon after a failed mission. Hillary7 scraped off the ice and found that both were full and could last till they returned from ascent if they used them sparingly. Despite risky slips, they persisted and made 400 feet climb to the southern summit. Hillary sought the advisability of continuing on such a lowly snow bed. But Tenzing remarked, “as your wish.” Hillary’ made up his mind to go on. His resolve paid off. They finally reached firmer snow higher up fuelling their hopes of success.

Question (c)
Describe the feelings of Edmund Hillary and Tenzing as they reached the top of the Summit. (Para 18)
Answer:
Hillary’s first feelings were of relief on reaching Everest. There were no more ridges to traverse and no more humps to tease them off with hope of success. He looked at Tenzing. In spite of balaclava helmet, goggles and oxygen mask, all encrusted with long icicles, that concealed his face, his delight was visible. He looked around with a grin of delight. They shook hands. Tenzing hugged Hillary’ and thumped each other till they were breathless. It was 1 .30 am. The ridge had taken them two and a half hours but it seemed like a lifetime.

Question (d)
The ridge had taken us two and half hours, but it seemed like lifetime. Why? (Para 15 to 17)
Answer:
Both Hillary and Tenzing reached a wide ledge. Hillary deeply felt the fierce determination that nothing could stop them from scaling the Himalayas. He took a stronghold on the ledge and signalled Tenzing to come up. With great difficulty Tenzing reached the way up the crack and collapsed like a giant fish hauled up from the ocean. There were giant cornices on the right and steep rock sloped on the left. The ridge curved away to the right. They had no idea’ where the peak was. As Hillary cut around the back of one hump, another would swing anew ‘ to his view’. Time seemed never ending. Their original zest started diminishing. The climb becoming a grim struggle. To their surprise, the ridge ahead now dropped sharply away. A few more whacks of the ice-axe in the firm snow’, they stood on top. It w’as 11.30, the ridge had taken two and a half hours. But it seemed like a lifetime as they had to negotiate numerous ridges on the way.

Question (e)
Describe the view from the top. What was the most important photograph? (Para 19 and ’ 20)
Answer:
On reaching the peak, Tenzing and Hillary felt a great relief. To the east was their giant neighbour Makalu, unexplored and unclimbed. Far away across the clouds, the great bulk of Kanchenjunga loomed on the horizon. To the west they could see the unexplored ranges of Nepal stretching off into the distance. The most important photograph w as a shot down at the
north ridge showed the North Col and the old route. It had been made famous by the famous climbers of 1920’s and 1930’s. It w as breath-taking view of the snow’ clad peak all round.

Question (f)
‘There is no height, no depth that the spirit of man, guided by higher Spirit cannot attain’. Discuss the above statement in the context of the achievement of Edmund Hillarv and Tenzing.
Answer:
Man is naturally endowed with an indomitable spirit. Guided by powers above man reach any height. The grit and persistence of both Hillary and Tenzing stand testimony to the above maxim. The conditions were really overwhelming. Hillary slipped many times. Once he even t sought the advisability of continuing the climb under such conditions. But Tenzing and Hillary. resolved to persist and conquer the peak. As a reward to 400 feet climb near the south summit,,they got two bottles of oxygen which in fact kept them alive almost up to their base camp.Both pick up the pieces of hopes only when they come into contact with firmer rock-like.ice as they moved up.

Though they had to inch their way up clearing snow with the ice-axe and making a path to haul themselves up ridge after ridge in the elusive terrain, they did not give up. As Hillary’s ice-axe bit into the first steep slop of the ridge, his hopes were realized. The snow was crystalline and firm. With just two or three blows, Hillary could make a step large enough for their oversized high altitude boots. They could create comfortable belays and trudge forward with confidence. As the humps were continuously seen, their original zest started declining. It was at this point Hillary saw a narrow ridge up to a snowy summit. With a few more whacks of the ice-axe in the form of snow, they reached the top.

Vocabulary

(a) Idioms
(i) Given below are some idiomatic expressions with their meanings. Understand the meaning.
Answer:

(a) wait for the dust to settleto wait for a situation to become clear or certain
(b) get/have all your ducks in a rowto have made all the preparations needed to do something / to be well organized
(c) fetch and carry (for somebody)to do a lot of little jobs for somebody as if you were their servant
(d) do the mathto think carefully about something before doing it, so that you know all the relevant facts or figures
(e) round the cornervery near

(ii) Fill in the blanks with the right idioms. Choose from the above given idioms.

  1. The Sherpas are cheerful, gallant men, who _____ tents, oxygen, food etc., for climbers during their ascent of the summit.
  2. The team _____ carefully so as to reach the summit successfully.
  3. When they had to climb through deep new snow the party sometimes had to _____
  4. Each member of the team had all their _____
  5. We could not believe that with a few more whacks of the ice axe in the firm snow we were _____ to the top.

Answer:

  1. fetch and carry
  2. does the math
  3. wait for the dust to settle
  4. ducks in a row
  5. round the comer

(iii) Understand the meaning of the given idiomatic expression and choose the right one to complete the sentence.

the icing on the cake – something extra and not essential, but is added to make it even better
break the ice – to make people more relaxed, especially at the beginning of the meeting

(a) The conference room was silent though packed. The chairman introduced an interactive session to ________
(b) Our headmistress not only promised us to take us for an excursion, but also announced that on return we would get a holiday. It was like ________

Answer:

(a) break the ice
(b) the icing on the cake

(b) Phrasal Verbs

Question (i)
Given below are the phrasal verbs with their meanings. Use the given phrasal verbs in sentences of your own.

turn onto open
took overtake lead
set offstart a journey
put offpostpone

Answer:

  1. She turned on the induction stove to prepare the dinner.
  2. After Steven Paul Jobs took over the lead role, Apple started making a revolution in sales.
  3. The boy set off on foot to his uncle’s home in the city.
  4. Don’t put off important works as delay could be dangerous.

Question (ii)
Given below are some Phrasal Verbs which are frequently used in connection with travelling. Guess the meaning and match.

Question (a)

(a)see off(i)start off / to begin a journey
(b)stop over(ii)to go to station or airport to say good bye to someone
(c)set off(iii)to stay at a place for a short period of time when travelling to another destination

Answer:
(a) (ii) to go to station or airport to say good bye to someone
(b) (iii) to stay at a place for a short period of time when travelling to another destination
(c) (i) start off / to begin a journey

Question (b)

(a)get in(i)leave a bus, train etc.,
(b)get off(ii)to go away from home for a vacation
(c)get on(iii)arrive inside train, bus etc.
(d)get away(iv)enter a bus, train, plane.

Answer:
(a) (iii) arrive inside train, bus etc.
(b) (i) leave a bus, train etc.,
(c) (iv) enter a bus, train, plane.
(d) (ii) to go away from home for a vacation

Question (c)

(a)check in(i)pay the bill when leaving a hotel
(b)check out(ii)arrive and register at airport or hotel

Answer:
(a) (ii) arrive and register at airport or hotel
(b) (i) pay the bill when leaving a hotel

(c) Compound Words

(i) Here are some compound words chosen from the text.

ice-fallknife-edgewind-proofsleeping-bags
half-waynever-endingpartly-fullice- axe

Let us learn a few more with their meaning.

ice-bergan extremely large mass of ice floating in the sea
ice-capa layer of ice permanently covering parts of the earth, especially around North and South Poles
ice-floelarge area of ice floating in the sea
ice-sheeta layer of ice that covers a large area of land for a long period of time
ice-rinkspecially prepared flat surface of ice, where you can ice-skate;

(d) Semantic network

(i) Match the following with their right field, choosing appropriately from the box given.

MachinerySports
TransportationGeography
WeatherTravel
snow-boardSports
snow-mobileTransportation
snow-chainsMachinery
snow-stormWeather
snow-birdTravel
snow-beltGeography

Listening Activity

First, read the following statements. Then, listen to the passage read aloud by your teacher or played on the recorder and complete the statements. You may listen to it again, if required.

Question 1.
What were the reasons for our success?
Answer:
There are many answers to this question. Firstly, 1 would say that we owned much to the work of previous climbers on Everest: to the experience and know ledge they passed on, and to the fact that they had gone on trying and had never given up hope.

Next, I w ould place the careful and thorough planning done before the climb began. On the Everest, a large number of people have to do different things in different places at the same time. Unless every detail had been worked out in advance, things would quickly have gone wrong.
The third reason was the excellence of our equipment. In particular, our oxygen apparatus was very important, and it worked well. Without it. we could not have reached the summit.

Our own fitness played a big part in the climb, and this was due to our periods of training, in which we got used gradually to great heights: and to our food; and to the care and attention we received from our doctors.

Above all else, I should like to mention how well we worked together. That was the biggest single reason why we got to the top. In the four months we were together we lived and worked as a team. Not everyone could climb to the top. Some of the members had jobs to do on other parts of the mountain; jobs that were less exciting than climbing to the summit, but just as dangerous and uncomfortable. But everyone played his part to the full. That was the biggest thing of all.

In the same way, our Sherpas were magnificent. Without our tents, our oxygen, our food, our climbing gear, the summit could not have been reached. And without the Sherpas, we could

not have lifted all this equipment, which weighed 750 lb., up to 26,000 feet, ready for the assaults. No praise is too high for these cheerful and
gallant men.

Finally, there was the weather. For five weeks we had bad weather; then, after the middle of May, we were lucky. It no longer snowed, and even the wind sometimes dropped.

Complete the following.

(a) List any three aspects which contributed to the success of the ascent of the summit.

  1. ______
  2. ______
  3. ______

Answer:

  1. Knowledge gained from other climbers
  2. Careful planning
  3. Excellence of equipments (oxygen apparatus)

(b) Without the help of _________ nothing would have been possible.
(c) The main idea of the passage is _________
(d) The biggest thing of all is _________
(e) _________ were cheerful and gallant men.

Answers:

(b) team work
(c) factors contributing to successful conquest of Everest
(d) togetherness of mountaineers
(e) Sherpas

Speaking Activity

(a) Group Activity

(i) Have you ever been on an adventurou trip? If so. share your success story with your friends.

He went on a tour to Ooty. My PET Master said that if we were lucky’, we might see some elephants while travelling in the small train. We saw monkeys on either side of the track. As the train w as going very slow, wc could see the beauty’ of the mountains and lush green trees. Suddenly, the toy train stopped. I wanted to get down and see what was happening. My English miss who was escorting us prevented us from getting down. Her concern was that we might get lost. But the train did not move for about 45 minutes, and everyone became restless. I begged the teacher to let us go out and see what was happening. As our coach was just two coaches behind the engine and our English Miss saw a huge gathering in front of the engine, she relented. At first, myself and Philomena got down.

We found that, in a short while, the rest of our classmates and our teacher came there to know what was happening. We found a baby elephant lying on the track doing some pranks. Someone gave one banana, the baby elephant ate it and continued to sit there. I snatched a bunch of banana which Philomena was keeping and showed it to the baby elephant. It stretched its trunk to take it. But I carefully walked out of the track show ing the banana. The baby elephant followed me twenty feet beyond the track. I gave him the bunch. My English miss asked me to come back, and before the baby elephant returned, the driver resumed the train. I can never forget this adventure in my life

(ii) How will you organize or plan for a trip or an event? Do you have the habit of preparing a check-list? Discuss.
If we want to organise a trip the following things are to be alone. If it is a school trip, we must plan well ahead and decide the place of visit and inform the parents and get the letters of consent and if needed, subsidised charges for entry tickets and journey expenses. Once the travel distance and duration are finalised, it can be decided if we are going to hire a bus or take train tickets in advance. If the distance is less than 150 Km, a bus would be fine.

If it exceeds that distance and if the duration of the trip is about two to three days we need to hook accommodation for students in the visiting spot and ensure safety of children. If advance permission is required to visit a factory or a research institute or a planetarium, we must write and get the proper permission from the competent authorities. One escort must be fixed for every ten students well ahead of the trip. A check list is necessary before the commencement of the journey. The same checklist will be required to bring back the materials which were taken from the school.

(b) Individual Activity
Given below are a few proverbs. Prepare a short speech of two minutes on one of the proverbs.

(i) Nothing is impossible:
Respected Principal, teachers and my dear friends, Good morning, I wish to say a few words on the topic “Nothing is Impossible”. Napoleon Bonaparte said, “Impossible is the word found only in a fool’s dictionary”. Conquering Everest was deemed impossible. In the 1920’s and 1930’s mountain climbers aborted their efforts. The brittle snow beyond the altitude of 28000 ft. made even Hillary doubtful for a while of the possibility of conquering Everest. But persisting on their daring adventure, Hillary and Tenzing scaled the Everest. When the whole world is appreciating many daring adventures of able-bodied men, a differently abled lady namely Arunima Sinha has created history by conquering Everest. She was a volleyball player who was pushed from a running train in an attempted robbery.

One of her legs had to be amputated below the knee. Using a prosthetic leg, under the Inspirational guidance of Bachendri Pal, the first Indian lady to conquer Everest, she climbed Everest on 21st May 2013. The most admirable thing about her is that she has climbed six difficult mountain peak of the world viz Everest in Asia, Kilimanjaro in Africa, Elbrus in Europe, Kosciuszko in Australia, Aconcagua in Argentina and Carstensz Pyramid in Indonesia. She completed her final summit of Mount Vinson in Antarctica on 4th January 2019. She is running a charitable foundation namely Arunima foundation. She wants to open a free sports academy for the poor and differently abled children. She wrote a book “Bom again on the mountain” which was launched by Hon’ble Prime Minister Narendra Modi in December 2014. She was awarded Padma Sri, the fourth highest award of India in 2015. Dear friends, we must never accept small defeats in life. We must leam lessons and believe that we can succeed and it is possible to achieve excellence against all the odds.

(ii) Where there is a will there is a way:
Respected Principal, teachers and my dear friends, Good morning, I wish to say a few words on the topic “Where there is a will there is a way”.
There are numerous examples to quote from where the will has made people create history. ‘ All of us know Mother Teresa won the Nobel Prize for Peace in 1999. But the beginnings of her work were met with many insults and humiliating experiences. She was moved by poverty, sickness, suffering in old age which she encountered amidst the poorest of the poor in the streets of Calcutta. Her heart went out for street children who could not go to school.She wanted to give them a home and food. The financial position of her organisation was not healthy enough. She willed to adopt orphaned children and provide them with food, shelter and education.

If she had only thought about financial disabilities and not taken the necessary steps, she wouldn’t be the person we know her to be today. Similarly, Thomas Alva Edison [. had only three months of formal schooling, and he was partially deaf too. But that never made his mother give up on him. She took the responsibility of teaching and training him. She persuaded and encouraged him even though she never knew what he would become in future. Hence, dear friends when times of trial come, or when you face mockery by people surrounding you, never give up hope. Always remember this,“Where There is a Will There is a Way”.

(iii) Together we can achieve more:
Respected Principal, teachers and my dear friends, Good morning, I wish to say a few words on the topic “Together we can achieve more”. There are so many social and environmental issues that have been curbed by the coming together of like-minded people. For example, The Students Sea Turtle Conservation Network, a voluntary group comprising students, have been working in the beaches of Chennai since 1987, trying to conserve Olive Ridley, and create awareness about the endangered sea turtles. The steps they had taken have given them pleasant rewards. Many hatchlings can be seen running towards the sea thanks to the efforts made ‘ by these volunteers.

There is Arun Krishnamurthy, who initiated the campaign of cleaning various lakes across India. Arun along with the organisation has been successful in cleaning at least 39 lakes in the country. As a result, Arun was presented with the prestigious Rolex Awards for enterprise in the year 2012 at Geneva. He was the youngest to win this award. He couldn’t have achieved it without the support of his organisation. These are only a few examples that show that “Together we can achieve more”.

Giving instructions:
Here are a few instructions given by a Health Inspector to a group of students, in order to prevent malaria and dengue. Complete the series adding some more important instructions.

  1. Do not allow water to stagnate in and around your house.
  2. Keep your surroundings clean.
  3. Wear long- sleeved shirts / blouses and long pants / skirts that cover your arms and legs.
  4. Always use a bed-net impregnated with insecticide.
  5. Use mosquito repellants, carry it wherever you go.
  6. Don’t allow rainwater to gather in discarded tyres and mud pots or coconut shells.
  7. Keep all water containers or tanks closed.
  8. Cover your well also.

Now, write a set of 8 to 10 instructions for the following situations:

1. A doctor instructing a patient regarding a healthy diet and proper care after a surgery.

  1. Don’t carry heavy weight for a few months.
  2. You must avoid infections.
  3. Cough and sneeze very’ carefully.
  4. Limit salt intake.
  5. Limit your sugar intake.
  6. Avoid cool drinks and fast foods.
  7. Eat a lot of fruits and vegetables,
  8. You can take eggs, fish, legumes and diary products.
  9. Go for w alking early in the mornings.
  10. Come for regular check-ups.

2. A traffic police personnel to the public, as to how to move around in safety, in crowded public places during festival seasons.

  1. Don’t allow’ your children to walk ahead of you.
  2. Make your children memorise your phone numbers or give them an id card with your phone numbers written in it.
  3. Ask your children not to speak or take anything from a stranger.
  4. Park your vehicles only in the open area marked as parking area behind the police stations.
  5. Use the entry path to the fair.
  6. Go out only through the exit route demarkated by the long rope.
  7. In case of any problem or suspicion, contact the nearest police booth and inform the officer there.
  8. Make shift toilets are kept separately for men and women at the right corner.
  9. Don’t run in a crowd.
  10. Walk with your family in a row’ of two members keeping track of children.

3. A mother to her children, on safety measures to be taken before leaving home on vacation.

  1. Switch off all the lights.
  2. See if the water containers have been closed piverly.
  3. If there is left-over food, dispose them in the dust bin.
  4. Ensure that there are no unwashed vessels in the kitchen sink.
  5. Make certain that all the pipes are properly closed.
  6. Check whether there are any w ashed clothes lying in the balcony, if so. bring them inside.
  7. Pack your bags with a check list of what you need during the vacation. Each one must bring her/his own tooth brush, soap, towels, etc.
  8. Check if the gas cylinder’s regulator is turned off.
  9. Don’t forget to bring your mobile phones. Stay connected.
  10. Carry at least one Identity card as a proof.

Reading

On the basis of your understanding of the given passage, make notes in any appropriate format.

The Sherpas were nomadic people who first migrated from Tibet approximately 600 years ago. through the Nangpa La pass and settled in the Solukhumbu District, Nepal. These nomadic people then gradually moved westward along salt trade routes. During 14th century, Sherpa ancestors migrated from Kham. The group of people from the Kham region, east of Tibet, was called “ShyarKhamba”. The inhabitants of ShyarKhumbu, were called Sherpa. Sherpa migrants travelled through U and Tsang, before crossing the Himalayas. According to Sherpa oral history, four groups migrated out of Solukhumbu at different times, giving rise to the four fundamental Sherpa clans: Minyagpa, Thimmi, Sertawa and Chawa. These four groups have since split into the more than 20 different clans that exist today.

Sherpas had little contact with the world beyond the mountains and they spoke their own language. AngDawa, a 76-year-old former mountaineer recalled “My first expedition was to Makalu [the world’s fifth highest mountain] with Sir Edmund Hillary”. We were not allowed to go to the top. We wore leather boots that got really heavy when wet, and we only got a little salary, but we danced the Sherpa dance, and we were able to buy firewood and make campfires, and we spent a lot of the time dancing and singing and drinking. Today Sherpas get good pay and good equipment, but they don’t have good entertainment. My one regret is that I never got to the top of Everest. I got to the South Summit, but I never got a chance to go for the top.

The transformation began when the Sherpa Tenzing Norgay and the New Zealander Edmund Hillary scaled Everest in 1953. Edmund Hillary took efforts to build schools and health clinics to raise the living standards of the Sherpas. Thus life in Khumbu improved due to the efforts taken by Edmund Hillary and hence he was known as ‘Sherpa King’.

Sherpas working on the Everest generally tend to perish one by one, casualties of crevasse falls, avalanches, and altitude sickness. Some have simply disappeared on the mountain, never-to be seen again. Apart from the bad seasons in 1922,1970 and 2014 they do not die en masse Sherpas carry the heaviest loads and pay the highest prices on the world’s tallest mountain.

In some ways, Sherpas have benefited from the commercialization of the Everest more than any group, earning income from thousands of climbers and trekkers drawn to the mountain. While ,interest in climbing Everest grew gradually over the decades after the first ascent, it wasn’t,until the 1990s that the economic motives of commercial guiding on Everest began. This leads to eclipse the amateur impetus of traditional mountaineering. Climbers looked after each , other for the love of adventure and “the brotherhood of the rope” now are tending to mountain businesses. Sherpas have taken up jobs as guides to look after clients for a salary. Commercial,guiding agencies promised any reasonably fit person a shot at Everest.

Origin and Development of Sherpas

The roots:
The Sherpas-nomadic tribe-migrated 600 years ago-settled in Solukhumbu District, of Nepal-14th Century migration westward from Kham-ShyarKhamba-inhabitants Sherpa- 1 Oral history-four goups at different times-Minyagpa, Thimmi, Sertawa and Chawa-now 20′ groups.

Life in isolation:
Little contact beyond mountains-AngDawa-76-year old former mountaineer-first expedition to Makalu with Hillary-not allowed to top-poor salary no equipments-danced, bought firewood-drank made merry-Today situation bright-Sherpas-good pay-good equipment-no , entertainment.-One regret-never got to the top of Everest.

Transformation:
1953 ascent-Hillary and Tenzing Norgay-Hillary built schools, healthcare centres-Sherpas life in Khumbu better-Hillary-‘Sherpa king’.

Difficult life of Sherpas:
Many casualities-avalanches and altitude sickness-Sherpas die-died enmasse 1922-1970 and 2014 only-heavy loads-price death.

Commercialisation of Everest-a boon:
Regular income-thousands of climbers-1990 onwards economic motive-traditional mountaineering-love of rope-brotherhood gone-jobs as guides-good salary-healthy Sherpas take a shot at Everest now-Guiding agencies help.

Grammar

Kinds Of Sentences
(a) Simple sentence
Task 1
Pick out the finite verbs in the following sentences:

(a) You can solve this problem in different ways.
(b) The professor has been working on the last chapter of the book since March.
(c) Despite being a celebrity, Ravi mingles easily with everyone.
(d) You must speak clearly to make yourself understood.
(e) The chairman being away, the clerk is unable to approve the proposal.
(J) Getting down from the car, the Chief Guest walked towards the dais amidst applause.
(g) The old man struggled to walk without support.
(h) In case of emergency, please contact this number.
(0) The sun having set, the temperature fell rapidly.
(j) But for your help, I could not have completed the assignment.

Answers:

(a) solve
(b) has been working
(c) mingles
(d) speak
(e) is
(f) walked
(g) struggled
(h) contact
(i) fell
(j) completed

Task 2
Read the following passage and identify the simple sentences.

Sunflowers turn according to the position of the sun. In other words, they ‘ chase the light’. Have you ever wondered what happens on cloudy, rainy days when the sun is completely covered by clouds? If you think the sunflower withers or turns its head towards the ground, you are completely mistaken. Do you know what happens? Sunflowers turn to each other to share their energy. Learning from Nature, we too should support and empower each other.

Simple sentences:

  • Sunflowers turn according to the position of the sun.
  • they ‘chase the light’
  • Sunflowers turn to each other to share their energy.

(b) Complex sentence
Task 1
Look at the following complex sentences. Circle the Main clauses and underline the Subordinate clauses.

(a) (Nobody knows) when the power supply will resume.
(b) (please tell me) what the time is.
(c) (The man) who directed the film was my schoolmate.
(d) (I believe) that all men are basically good.
(e) (No one knows) when he will return.

Task 2
Pick out the complex sentences in the following passage.

A man saw a lion in the bush, as he was walking through the forest. He did not know what to do. He was helpless. He was too scared to turn around and run. He just knelt down as if he were getting ready to pray. He closed his eyes, thinking that the lion would pounce on him anytime. Out of the comer of his eye, he saw the lion on its knees too. Shocked, he asked the . lion what it was doing. The lion replied that he was praying before he started his meal.

Complex sentences:

  • A man saw a lion in the bush, as he was walking through the forest.
  • He did not know what to do.
  • He just knelt down as if he were getting ready to pray.
  • He closed his eyes, thinking that the lion would pounce on him anytime.
  • He asked the lion what it was doing.
  • The lion replied that he was praying before he started his meal.

(c) Compound sentence
Task 1
Identify the two main clauses and conjunction in each of the following sentences.

(a) It started raining suddenly and people ran for shelter.
(b) Understand the concept well, otherwise you cannot solve the problem.
(c) Fifty candidates appeared for the interview, but only five were selected.
(d) Ramesh did not know Spanish, so he wanted a translator.
(e) He is a good actor, still he is not popular.
Answer:

Main clausesConjunction
(a)(i) It started raining suddenly
(ii) people ran for shelter
and
(b)(i) Understand the concept well
(ii) you cannot solve the problem
other wise
(c)(i) Fifty candidates appeared for the interview
(ii) only five were selected
but
(d)(i) Ramesh did not know Spanish
(ii) he wanted a translator
so
(e)(i) He is a good actor
(ii) he is not popular
still

Task 2
Pick out the compound sentences in the following passage.

The food we eat has to be digested and then thrown out of the body. The air we breathe in, has to be thrown out, to help us survive. But we hold negative emotions like insecurity, anger and jealousy within ourselves for years. If these negative emotions are not eliminated, the mind grows corrupt and diseased. Let us do away with hatred and lead a healthy life filled with peace and joy.

Compound sentences:

  • The food we eat has to be digested and then thrown out of the body.
  • Let us do away with hatred and lead a healthy life filled with peace and joy.

Task 3
Complete the sentences choosing the right endings.

We were thoroughly disappointedto find out his address
Hardly had he stepped outwe could not go further
They wantedsince our team did not get a prize
Since we had run out of petrolwas his reckless driving
The cause of his injurywhen it began to rain
We were thoroughly disappointedsince our team did not get a prize
Hardly had he stepped outwhen it began to rain
They wantedto find out his address
Since we had run out of petrolwe could not go further
The cause of his injurywas his reckless driving

Conditional Clauses
Task 1
Read the following sentences and fill in the blanks.

(a) If I _____ (be) a spider, I _____ (weave) webs.
(b) If Raj _____ (be) a sculptor, he _____ (make) beautiful idols.
(c) If Mary had an umbrella, she _____ (lend) it to me.
(d) Rex would have played with me, if he _____ (has) time.
(e) If I were you, I _____ (accept) this offer.
(f) We _____ (select) story books for kids, if we allot time for storytelling.
(g) The Education Minister _____ (visit) our school tomorrow, if he goes by this way.
(h) You will be rewarded by the wise, if you (stand) for truth.
(i) If my mother (know) of my poor performance in the exam, she will not allow me to watch a movie.
(j) If I had won the lottery, I (donate) relief materials for the flood victims

Answer:

(a) were, would weave
(b) were, would make
(c) would have lent
(d) had
(e) would have accepted
(J) can select
(g) will visit
(h) stand
(i) knows
(j) would have donated

Task 2
Rewrite the following sentences using ‘If’ without changing the meaning, e.g.

Unless you go for a walk regularly, you cannot reduce your weight. (Use ‘If) If you do not go for a walk regularly, you cannot reduce your weight.

Question (a)
Sindhu would not have won the world championship, unless she had had single minded devotion.
Answer:
Sindhu would not have won the world championship, if she had no single minded devotion.

Question (b)
You will not reach your goal, unless you chase your dream.
Answer:
You will not reach your goal, if you don’t chase your dream.

Question (c)
Unless we plant more trees, we cannot save our planet.
Answer:
If we don’t plant more trees, we cannot save our planet.

Question (d)
The rescue team would not have saved the victims unless they had received the call in time.
Answer:
The rescue team would not have saved the victims if they had not received the call in time.

Question (e)
The palace cannot be kept clean, unless we appoint more people.
Answer:
The palace cannot be kept clean, if we don’t appoint more people.

Question (J)
The portraits would not have been so natural unless the artist had given his best.
Answer:
The portraits would not have been so natural if the artist had not given his best.

Question (g)
The manager would not have selected Nithiksha unless she exhibited good accounting skill.
Answer:
The manager would not have selected Nithiksha if she had not exhibited good accounting skill.

Question (h)
The policeman would not have arrested the man unless he had violated the rules.
Answer:
The policeman would not have arrested the man if he had not violated the rules.

Question (i)
Mr Kunaal would not sponsor my higher education unless I studied well.
Answer:
Mr Kunaal would not sponsor my higher education if I do not study well.

Question (j)
Kavin will not stop flying kites unless he understands the risk involved in it.
Answer:
Kavin will not stop flying kites if he does not understand the risk involved in it.

Question (k)
Tanya would not know the answer unless she referred to the answer key.
Answer:
Tanya would not know the answer if she had not referred to the answer key.

Question (l)
My village cannot achieve 100 % literacy rate, unless the elders of the village cooperate with the education department.
Answer:
My village cannot achieve 100 % literacy rate, if the elders of the village do not cooperate with the education department.

Writing

Summarizing

Origin and development of Sherpas

The roots:
The Sherpas are a nomadic race who migrated to Nepal 600 years ago. They got settled in Solukhumbu District of Nepal. In the 14th Century they migrated westward from Kham to ShyarKhamba. This is where the Sherpas inhabited in four goups viz., Minyagpa, Thimmi, Sertawa and Chawa.

Life in isolation:
Sherpas had little contact with the world beyond the mountains. Ang Dawa, 76-year old former Sherpa recounts his bitter memories. He could touch the summit Makalu along with Hillary. He was never allowed to go to Everest. Sherpas had meagre salaries. They danced Sherpa dance, drank and entertained guests. They could buy firewood with their earnings. Now the scenario has changed. They are well paid and given good equipments but left with no entertainment.

Transformation:
The attitude to Sherpas changed after Tenzing Norgay and Hillary reached Everest in 1953. Edmund Hillary is hailed as ‘Sherpa king’ for his initiative to build schools for their children and healthcare centres too.

Tough life of Sherpas:
Many Sherpas have died without a trace due to avalanches and altitude sickness. Enmasse death is now ended after the 1922-1970 and 2014 incidents. They carry heavy loads and pay with dearth for their survival.

Commercialisation-a boon:
After 1990, the commercialisation of mountaineering has started. Many mountain guiding firms now employ Sherpas with good salary. A steady flow of professional climbers and tourists ensure regular income. Now anyone with sound physique can take a shot at the Everest.

Reading a map
Nowadays though locations are traced easily using GPS, (Global Positioning System) one should know what to look for in the map to reach the destination. Here are a few general instructions to be followed while reading a map.

  1. Identify and understand the elements of the map correctly.
  2. Look out for the title to know what the map shows.
  3. Study the symbols / colours that are used on the map and find what they stand for.
  4. Look at the scale of the map. (whether to be scaled or not to be scaled)
  5. Look for the pointer to know the direction.

Let us together scale the summit. Here is a drawing of the Everest showing the way to the summit, and the position of the camps with their heights. Trace the trekking trail to reach the summit with the given details and write an interesting paragraph in about 100 words.

The Summit Question And Answer Samacheer Kalvi 12th English Solutions Prose Chapter 4

Tips on Elements of the Map:
Map Title: The title is a centre, a short summary of a map. It should determine the area covered and provide some communication of the map content, as “The Summit of Mount Everest”. Map Scale: A scale is the prime essential of a map. Map scale can be defined as part of a map that compares distance on a map to distance in the real world.
Direction: The direction is normally shown on a map by means of the geographical grid, Meridians (of longitudes) are supposed to extend north-south, and parallel (of longitudes) are east-west lines. A straight arrow pointing northward also marked that is called “north arrow”. The Map show’s the route marked in Red dotted lines having 9 camps at different levels (height).

The trek starts from the base camp which is located on Khumbu Glacier and ends at the south summit.

Phases of climbing Mount Everest:
Everest is our tallest mountain. Its altitude and the technicalities of the climb are not to be underestimated. Climbing Everest requires intensive training. You might be lucky, and the climb might go well even if you didn’t do your homework. But you will undoubtedly notice that Everest lives up to its fearful reputation should the conditions turn against you. By then though, it might simply be too late if not well prepared. Everest is also a gorgeous mountain. And just as we continue to

launch ourselves into space even though missions sometimes turn into tragedy, mountaineers will always try to climb Everest to experience the majesty, beauty, and adventure of our closest frontier to Universe.

Let’s start the trek at the Base camp Route no. 1 which is situated on the Khumbu Glacier at 17,900 feet. Distance from Route No. 1 & Route No. 2 is 1500 feet reaching at route no.2 at 19400 feet- Icefall. This place is similar to a massive horror-chamber at an amusement park. There are countless scary things that can happen here. An avalanche can bury the climbers alive. After climbing further 800 feet, it reaches at Route No.3 20,200 feet – Camp-1, Valley of silence. This is a vast, flat area of endless snow, deep crevasses and mountain walls frequently washed by avalanches. Here climbers set up camp 1. At night one listens to the deep, murmuring cracking sounds under the tents. It is the crevasses opening and closing deep down in the glacier beneath. It is here that for the first time, just a few steps around a comer, we gain first close sight of Everest.

After 1000 feet of an endless, slow march through the silent valley, the climbers reach at last a rocky patch, at the foot of the icy Lhotse wall. This marks route no.4 Camp-2 at 21,200 feet. This place is absolutely stunning. Clouds roll in from the lower ranges of the Himalayas, up the valley and into the camp. Further climbing 800 feet it takes us to Route No.5 which is at 22,000 feet, next comes Route No. 6 at 23,000 feet Camp-3, Lhotse Face/Wall.

Imagine sliding a fun, icy slope on a sunny winter’s day. Only this one is 1200 meter (4000 ft) high. The dangerous part is to hang on to the rope of dubious strength and to change carabiners between the ropes. Further, 1000 feet upwards the climbers can reach Route No.7 at 24,000 feet they are now almost beside South Col Lhotse.

From Route No.7 to Route No.8 the distance is around 2000 feet. The climbers are now, at Geneva Spur which is 26,000 feet above the sea level. It is camp-4, The Death Zone: Camp 4 sits on a plateau resembling a moonscape. The climbers are at the edge of the atmosphere, and the sky owns a strange, dark blue colour. It is surely the closest one can get to space on earth. Only a small climb above camp, you look down the Tibetan plateau with its vast brown plains, white glaciers and the other alpine giants – Kanchenjunga, Lhotse, Makalu -in the distance. It’s all magic and unreal.

The final destination is quite far from here. Further climbing 1700 feet climbers reach at Route No.9 which is at the height of 27,900 feet.
South Summit at 28,700 feet.

There, in the distance, the climbers can see a worm of light slowly moving up a dark wall. It’s climbers head torches flickering in the dark. It’s completely silent. Nobody talks. If you do, you whisper. It is terrifying, and you climb and climb, awaiting the first ray of dawn. It’s desperately cold. It’s steep and at parts very icy. The ice axe and the crampons barely cut into the ice. The mountain projects itself onto the morning fog. The shadow towers in front of the climbers like a giant mirage. Beneath lies, the world in all its glory, Everest glowing in the rising sun.

The Summit About the Author

The Summit 12th Prose Samacheer Kalvi English Solutions Chapter 4

Sir Edmund Percival Hillary (20 July 1919 – 11 January 2008) was a New Zealand . mountaineer, explorer, and philanthropist. He served in the Royal New Zealand Air Force as a navigator during World War H. He joined the team led by John Hunt and created history by climbing the Everest in 1953. He has recounted the ordeals, frustrations and moment of glory in “View from the Summit: The Remarkable Memoir by the First Person to Conquer Everest”. He founded the Himalayan Trust to help Sherpa people of Nepal who usually escort mountaineers. High Adventure, No Latitude for Error, Nothing Venture, Nothing Win, are some of his famous works.

The Summit Summary in English

Introduction
Sir Edmund Percival Hillary joined the team led by John Hunt and created history by climbing the Everest with the support of Tenzing Norgay on 29th May 1953.

The preparation
On 28th May 1953, Edmund Hillary and Tenzing had put up a little tent at an altitude of 27,900 feet.

They started up their cooker and drank large quantities of lemon juice in addition to sardines and biscuits. Hillary scraped the ice off the oxygen sets. As his boots were wet, he cooked them over the fierce fire of Primus and managed to soften them up. They fortified their clothing with wind proof and they pulled three pairs of gloves, silk, woollen, and wind proof on to their hands. At 6.30 am, they hauled their oxygen gear on their backs. Inhaling deep breaths of oxygen, they got ready to climb.

Gruelling climb to the South Col
From the altitude of 28,000 feet, the ridge narrowed to a knife ridge. Hillary’s feet were now warm. So, he took the lead. The snow’ was dangerously soft. The deep soft snow supported Hillary’s weight. Sometimes, it gave way pulling him down by three to four feet. The brittleness of the ice frightened Hillary a little. He asked the advice of Tenzing if they could continue the climb or abort. Tenzing said, “as you please.” Curiously, Hillary decided to continue. They trudged a few hundred feet and reached a tiny hollow. As if to reward their persistence, they found two oxygen bottles filled to their capacity. Hillary hoped that they would sustain them till they returned to their base camp. After the end of the tricky 400 feet climb, they came across firmer ice. This increased their hope of success. As one of the oxygen bottles had been exhausted, their load was reduced by half. Hillary felt a sense of freedom and w ell-being.

Reaching a wide ledge
As Hillary’s ice-axe bit into the first steep slope of the ridge, his high hopes were realized. The snow was crystalline and firm. Two to three blows of ice-axe could get them a step large enough for their high altitude boots. A firm thrust of ice-axe would sink it half-way up the shaft, giving a solid and comfortable belay egging the mountaineers to move on. Hillary would cut a forty-foot line of steps, Tenzing would belay Hillary while he worked. Hillary and Tenzing changed their roles supporting one another. Taking advantage of every little rock hold and all forces of knee, and arms Hillary could muster, Hillary cramponed backwards up the crack praying that the comice should not give way from the rock. With Tenzing’s support, Hillary reached the wide ledge. For the first time Hillary realized that nothing would prevent their chances of reaching Everest that day. Soon Tenzing wriggled his way up and collapsed like a giant fish hauled up from the sea.

The crucial last leg of the climb
Giant cornices loomed on the right. Steep rock sloped on the left. As Hillary cut around the back of a hump, another came into the view. Time was passing. Ridge seemed to have no end at all.

The conquest
Their original zest in the conquest started diminishing. It was becoming a grim struggle. Then Hillary realized that the ridge ahead instead of rising now dropped sharply away. He looked upwards to see a narrow ridge running up to a snowy summit. A few more whacks of the ice-axe in the firm snow, they stood on top of the Everest.

The triumph and the reaction of the heroes
Both had a great sense of relief. There were no more steps to cut or ridges to traverse and no more humps to lure them with the hope of success. In spite of the balaclava helmet, goggles, and oxygen mask, all covered with icicles, he could not disguise his grin of delight. They shook hands. Tenzing threw his arms around Hillary. They thumped each other on their backs till they became breathless.

The view from the top
To the east of Everest, they saw their giant neighbour Makalu, unexplored and unciimbed. Far away across the clouds, the great bulk of Kanchenjunga loomed on the horizon. To the west, they could see the great unexplored ranges of Nepal stretching off into a distance.

The photography-the testimony of their conquest
The most important photo was shot down the north ridge. It showed the North Col and the old route which had been made famous by the struggles of those great climbers of 1920’s and 1930’s.

Small offering to the great Gods
Devout Buddhists believe that Gods have their home on this lofty summit. Hence, they wish to offer at least a token of gift. Tenzing dug a little hole in the snow and in it he placed a bar of chocolate, the packet of biscuits and a handful of lollies. Hillary had a small Crucifix from Colonel Hunt. He had asked Hillary to offer it to the Gods when they reached the top. Hillary also made a small hole in the snow and placed the small crucifix beside Tenzing’s gifts piously.

Conclusion
Not all adventures are exciting. Adventures are not to be found only upon the mountains. In everyday life, there are Everests to be climbed in every walk of life. Man can conquer any height or depth if he persists with his undaunted spirit guided by a higher spirit.

The Summit Summary in Tamil

முன்னுரை:
29 மே மாதம் 1953 ஆம் ஆண்டு டென்சிங் உதவியுடன் ஜான் ஹண்ட் நடத்திய குழுவினருடன் சர். எட்மண்ட் பெர்சிவால் ஹிலாரி சேர்ந்து இமயமலை உச்சியை அடையும் வரலாற்றை ஏற்படுத்தினார்.

ஆயத்தங்கள்:
27,900 அடி உயரத்தில் 28 மே மாதம் 1953 ஆம் ஆண்டு எட்மண்ட் ஹிலாரி மற்றும் டென்சிங் ஒரு கூடாரத்தை அமைத்தனர். அடுப்பை பற்ற வைத்தார்கள். தாராளமாக எலுமிச்சை பரசம் பருகினார்கள். தவிர்த்து மீனும், பிஸ்கட்டுகளும் உண்டார்கள், ஹிலாரி ஆக்ஸிஜன் செட்டின் மேல் படிந்துள்ள ஐஸ்கட்டிகளை அப்புறப்படுத்தினார். காலணிகள் ஈரமாகிவிட்டதால் பிரிமஸ் என்ற பிரம்மாண்டமான அடுப்பில் காட்டி சூடேற்றி அதை மிருதுவாக்கினார். துணிக்கு மேல் அடைக்களமாக காற்று புகா உறையை அணிந்து கைகளுக்கு, சில்க், ரோமத்தினால் ஆன உறை மற்றும் காற்று புகா உறை என மூன்று ஜோடி உறைகளை அணிந்தனர். அதிகாலை 6.30 மணி அளவில் ஆக்ஸிஜன் இயந்திரத்தை முதுகில் இழுத்து மாட்டி ஆக்ஸிஜனை நுகர்ந்த வண்ணம் மலையேற ஆயத்தமானார்கள்.

தெற்கு கோலை நோக்கி கடினமான மலையேறும் படலம்:
28,000 அடி உயரத்தில் இருந்து மலையின் உச்சியை பார்க்கும் போது அது கத்தியின் கூர்மையான முனை போல் குறுகிக் காணப்பட்டது. ஹிலாரியின் பாதங்கள் வெதுவெதுப்பாக இருந்ததால் அவர் பயணத்தை முன்னின்று தொடங்கினார். பனிக்கட்டிகள் மிகவும் இலகிக் காணப்பட்டன. அடித்தளத்தில் காணப்பட்ட தளர்ந்த ஐஸ்கட்டிகள் ஹிலாரியின் பாரத்தை தாங்கியது. சில சமயம் ஐஸ் விலகி அவர் கீழ் நோக்கி மூன்று அல்லது நான்கு அடி இறங்க வேண்டியதாயிற்று. ஐஸ்கட்டியின் கூர் முனைகள் ஹிலாரியை சற்றே அச்சுறுத்தின. அவர் டென்சிங்கிடம் தாம் இந்த பயணத்தை மேற்கொள்ளலாமா

அல்லது விட்டுவிடலாமா என ஆலோசனைக் கேட்டார். வழக்கமாக டென்சிங் “உங்கள் விருப்பம்” என்றார். ஆச்சரியமாக ஹிலாரி பயணத்தை மேற்கொள்ள நினைத்தார். கஷ்டத்துடன் சில நூறு அடிகள் கடந்து ஒரு பொந்தை அடைந்தனர். அவர்கள் முயற்சியை பாராட்டும் விதமாக அங்கு இரண்டு ஆக்ஸிஜன் பாட்டில்கள் முழுமையாக காணப்பட்டன. அவை அவர்கள் தன் கூடாரம் செல்லும் வரை உதவும் என எண்ணினார். 400 அடி மிக சாதுர்யமான மலையேற்றத்திற்குப்பின்னர் கடினமானபனிக்கட்டியை அடைந்தனர். இது அவர்கள் முயற்சியை ஊக்குவித்தது. ஒரு ஆக்ஸிஜன் பாட்டில் தீர்ந்து விட்டமையால் அது அவர்கள் பாரத்தை பாதி குறைத்தது ஹிலாரிக்கு பெரிய விடுதலையாகவும், நிம்மதியாகவும் இருந்தது.

பரவலான விளிம்பை அடைந்தனர்:
ஹிலாரியின் பனிக் கோடரி பனிக்கட்டியின் விளிம்பை முதலில் வெட்டியதும் அவரின் ஊக்கம் வெளிப்பட்டது. பனிக்கட்டிகள் படிகங்களாகவும், கெட்டியாகவும் காணப்பட்டன. இரண்டு அல்லது மூன்று முறை பனிக் கோடரியால் கொத்தினால் உயரத்தில் அணிவதற்கு ஏதுவாக தயாரிக்கப்பட்ட பூட்ஸ் கொள்ளும் அளவுக்கு இடம் கிடைத்தது. திடமாக பனிக் கோடரியை ஊன்றுவதால் அது தண்டை தாங்குவதற்கு ஏதுவாக கீழிறங்கியும், இறுக்கிக் கட்டுவதால் அவர்கள் முன்னேறிச் செல்ல ஏதுவாகவும் மற்றும் சௌகரியமாகவும் அமைந்தது. நாற்பது அடி தாண்டும் வரை டென்சிங் பனிக் கோடரியை ஹிலாரி வேலை செய்யும் வரை இறுக்கிப் பிடித்துக் கொள்வார். ஹிலாரியும் மற்றும் டென்சிங்கும் மாறி, மாறி ஒருவருக்கு ஒருவர் உதவியாக வேலையை மாற்றிக் கொண்டனர்.

சிறு பாறைகளின் உதவியோடும் மற்றும் முட்டியையும், கைகளையும் பலம் கொண்ட மட்டும் ஊன்றி, ஹிலாரி பனி படலத்தின் ஊடே அமைந்த துவாரத்தில் பின்னோக்கி நகர்ந்தவண்ணம் இருக்க அந்த பனிப் படலம் உடைந்து விடக்கூடாது என வேண்டிக் கொண்டார். டென்சிங்கின் உதவியுடன் பனிப்படலத்தின் விளிம்பை அடைந்தார். முதன்முறையாக தான் இமயமலையின் உச்சியை அடைவதை எதுவும் தடுக்க முடியாது என்பதை உணர்ந்தார். விரைவில் டென்சிங் மேலெழும்பி வலையில் பிடிபட்ட பெரி மீன் விழுவது போல் விழுந்தார்.

கடினமான கடைசி முயற்சி:
அகன்ற பனிப்பாறைகள் வலப்புறமும், செங்குத்தான பாறைகள் இடப்புறமும் பயமுறுத்தின. ஹிலாரி ஒரு மேடை கடந்தால் மற்றொன்று தோன்றியது. காலம் கடந்து கொண்டிருந்தது. பனிப்பாறையின் விளிம்புகள் முடிவே இல்லாமல் சென்று கொண்டிருந்தன.

எல்லையைப் பிடித்தனர்:
தொடக்கத்தில் இருந்த வேட்கை குறைந்தது. அது கடினமான போராட்டமாகிப் போனது. ஹிலாரி முன்னே படர்ந்த பனி விளிம்பு மேல் நோக்கி எழாமல் கீழே கூர்மையாக தாழ்ந்த வண்ணம் காணப்பட்டது. மேலே குறுகிய பனிப்படலத்தின் விளிம்பு பனிப்பாறையை நோக்கி படர்ந்து இருப்பதைக் கண்டார். ஓரிரு முறை பனிக் கோடரியை பலமாக பனிக்கட்டியில் ஊன்றி ஏறினால் மலை உச்சியை அடைவது நிச்சயம்.

வெற்றியும், வீரர்களின் குதூகலிப்பும்:
இருவருக்கும் பெருத்த நிம்மதி கிடைத்தது. இனி பாறைகளை உடைத்து முன்னேற வேண்டியதோ, ) கடக்கக்கூடிய முகடுகளோ ஆக்ஸிஜனைக் கட்டிக் கொண்டு வெற்றியை நோக்கி அலையவோ வேண்டிய தேவையில்லை.
(Balaclava helmet) பலாக்லாவா தலைக்கவசம், கண்ணாடி, ஆக்ஸிஜன் முகமூடி இவை அனைத்தையும் கூரிய பனிக்கட்டிகள் மறைத்திருக்க, இருப்பினும் பற்களைக் காட்டி சிரிக்கும் வெற்றியின் மகிழ்ச்சி தென்பட்டது. கை குலுக்கி கொண்டார்கள். டென்சிங், ஹிலாரியை கட்டி அணைத்துக் கொண்டார். மூச்சிறைக்க இருவரும் முதுகை தட்டிக் கொடுத்துக் கொண்டனர்.

உச்சியில் இருந்து கண்ட காட்சி:
இமயத்தின் கிழக்கு மார்கமாக, ஆராயப்படாத மற்றும் மலையேறாத வானளாவிய மக்காளு உச்சி தென்பட்டது. வெகு தூரத்தில் மேகங்களிடையே பிரம்மாண்டமாக கஞ்சன்ஜங்கா தொடுவானத்தை தொட்டது. மேற்கு திசையில் ஆராயப்படாத மறப்பான் மலைத் தொடர்கள் வெகு தூரத்திற்கு நீண்டு தொலைந்தன.

புகைப்படம் அவர்கள் வெற்றியின் அடையாளம்:
வடக்கு மலைத் தொடர்களில் மிக முக்கியத்துவம் வாய்ந்த புகைப்படங்கள் எடுக்கப்பட்டன. அது 1920/1930 ஆம் ஆண்டு மலை ஏறுபவர்களால் பிரசித்தப்படுத்தப்பட்ட வடக்கு கோல் மட்டும் பழைய மலை ஏறும் வழிகள் ஆகியவையே கொண்டிருந்தன.

கடவுளுக்கு அர்ப்பணம்:
புத்தரின் மேல் பக்தி கொண்டவர்கள். உயர்ந்த சிகரம் கடவுளின் இருப்பிடம் என நம்பினர். ஆதலால் கடவுளுக்காக ஒரு சிறிய பரிசை தர விரும்பினர். டென்சிங் பனிக்கட்டியில் துளையிட்டு அதில் சாக்லெட், பிஸ்கெட் மற்றும் மிட்டாய்களை வைத்தார். ஹிலாரி, கர்ணல் ஹண்ட் கொடுத்த சிலுவை ஒன்றை வைத்திருந்தார். அவர் ஹிலாரியிடம் மலை உச்சியை அடைந்ததும் அதை பொதித்து வைக்க சொன்னார். ஹிலாரி பனிக்கட்டியில் துளையிட்டு அந்த திண்பண்டங்களின் பக்கத்தில் சிலுவையையும் பக்தியுடன் நட்டு வைத்தார்

முடிவுரை:
எல்லா சாகசங்களும் உற்சாகமூட்டுவதாக அமைவதில்லை. மலைச் சிகரங்களில் மட்டும் சாகசங்களை நாம் காண்பதில்லை. நடைமுறை வாழ்க்கையில் எல்லா தருணங்களிலும் நாம் எல்லையை தொட வேண்டிய சிகரங்கள் வந்த வண்ணமே உள்ளன. கடவுளின் அருளுடன் மனிதன் எப்பேர்ப்பட்ட உயரத்தையும் அல்லது ஆழத்தையும் சளைக்காத மனப்போக்குடன் தொடலாம் என்பதை அறிந்தோம்.

The Summit Glossary

Textual:

Samacheer Kalvi 12th English Solutions Prose Chapter 4 The Summit img-2

Additional:

Samacheer Kalvi 12th English Solutions Prose Chapter 4 The Summit img-3

The Summit Synonyms

Find out the synonym of the underlined word in each of the following sentences. Tenzing crawled into the tent.

Question 1.
Tenzing crawled into the tent.
(a) craved
(b) craned
(c) crashed
(d) crept
Answer:
(d) crept

Question 2.
I dragged our oxygen sets into the tent.
(a) pushed
(b) loaded
(c) pulled
(d) lauded
Answer:
(c) pulled

Question 3.
They were now frozen solid.
(a) soft
(b) rigid
(c) molten
(d) liquied
Answer:
(b) rigid

Question 4.
I cooked them over the fierce flames.
(a) mild
(b) benign
(c) ferocious
(d) sublime
Answer:
(c) ferocious

Question 5.
We hoisted our oxygen gear on to our backs.
(a) hauled up
(b) dropped
(c) swayed
(d) hooked up
Answer:
(a) hauled up

Question 6.
Tenzing kicked steps in a long traverse.
(a) vertical movement
(b) horizontal crossing
(c) diving
(d) jumping
Answer:
(b) horizontal crossing

Question 7.
We came to a tiny hollow.
(a) peak
(b) sledge
(c) empty space
(d) deep pit
Answer:
(c) empty space

Question 8.
I scraped the ice off the gauges.
(a) melted
(b) applied
(c) saw
(d) scratched
Answer:
(d) scratched

Question 9.
If used sparingly, the newly found cylinders could get us down to south.
(a) lavishly
(b) extravagantly
(c) economically
(d) sufficiently
Answer:
(c) economically

Question 10.
We persisted in our efforts to beat a trail up.
(a) plodded
(b) persevered
(c) prevented
(d) perished
Answer:
(b) persevered

Question 11.
We made frequent changes of the lead.
(a) irregular
(b) intermitent
(c) regular
(d) legal
Answer:
(c) regular

Question 12.
We reached a firmer snow higher up.
(a) milder
(b) softer
(c) fragil
(d) harder
Answer:
(d) harder

Question 13.
A section around me gave way.
(a) firmed up
(b) collapsed
(c) cleared
(d) shook
Answer:
(b) collapsed

Question 14.
We removed our oxygen apparatus.
(a) implement
(b) tool
(c) equipment
(d) mask
Answer:
(c) equipment

Question 15.
Our first bottle of oxygen was now exhausted.
(a) full
(b) filled
(c) exploded
(d) finished
Answer:
(d) finished

Question 16.
The space was large enough for our oversized high altitude boots,
(a) expensive
(b) cozy
(c) height
(d) depth
Answer:
(c) height

Question 17.
We scrambled on the rocks.
(a) slept
(b) slipped
(c) smiled
(d) hurried
Answer:
(d) hurried

Question 18.
We were able to shuffle past these portions.
(a) walk unsteadily
(b) run fast
(c) dive
(d) slide
Answer:
(a) walk unsteadily

Question 19.
I took a firm stance.
(a) chance
(b) act
(c) fact
(d) view point
Answer:
(d) view point

Question 20.
It has just been hauled from the sea.
(a) thrown
(b) preserved
(c) pulled out
(d) put out
Answer:
(c) pulled out

Question 21.
Our original zest had now gone.
(a) indolence
(b) indifference
(c) insight
(d) enthusiasm
Answer:
(c) insight

Question 22.
There were no more humps to tantalize us.
(a) tip
(b) tease
(c) divert
(d) provoke
Answer:
(b) tease

Question 23.
These was not disguising his grin of delight.
(a) concealing
(b) controlling
(c) curbing
(d) curtaling
Answer:
(a) concealing

Question 24.
To the east was our giant neighbour Makalu unexplored.
(a) unnoticed
(b) unnerved
(c) undiscovered
(d) unruffled
Answer:
(c) undiscovered

Question 25.
The great bulk of Kanchenjunga loomed on the horizon.
(a) soothed
(b) reassured
(c) reaffirmed
(d) reaffirmed
Answer:
(d) reaffirmed

Question 26.
All devout Buddhists believe that at least a token gift must be given to Gods.
(a) addicted
(b) devastated
(c) dedicated
(d) delirious
Answer:
(c) dedicated

Question 27.
We cautiously scrambled over the rock.
(a) casually
(b) recklessly
(c) gracefully
(d) carefully
Answer:
(d) carefully

Question 28.
We set ourselves to the task of safely descending the ridge of South Col.
(a) disagreeing
(b) dissenting
(c) climbing down
(d) dissecting
Answer:
(c) climbing down

Question 29.
The tents flapped and shook under the perpetual South Col gale.
(a) transitory
(b) make shift
(c) never ending
(d) rare
Answer:
(c) never ending

Question 30.
John Hunt led the expedition.
(a) picnic
(b) purposeful journey
(c) excursion
(d) tour
Answer:
(b) purposeful journey

The Summit Antonyms

Find out the antonym of the underlined word in each of the following sentences.

Question 1.
They were now frozen solid.
(a) concrete
(b) firm
(c) thick
(d) liquid
Answer:
(d) liquid

Question 2.
I cooked them over the fierce flames.
(a) rude
(b) tough
(c) gentle/mild
(d) cruel
Answer:
(c) gentle/mild

Question 3.
My feet were now warm.
(a) hot
(b) cozy
(c) chill
(d) comfortable
Answer:
(c) chill

Question 4.
The bottle of oxygen was now exhausted.
(a) emptied
(b) finished
(c) completed
(a) filled
Answer:
(b) finished

Question 5.
They wear over-sized high altitude boots.
(a) depth
(b) sound
(c) light
(d) height
Answer:
(a) depth

Question 6.
I felt a sense of freedom.
(a) liberty
(b) fraternity
(c) equality
(d) slavery
Answer:
(d) slavery

Question 7.
It was a great thrill to look down this enormous rock.
(a) huge
(b) large
(c) tiny
(d) colossal
Answer:
(c) tiny

Question 8.
With effort could muster my arms and shoulder.
(a) gather
(b) collect
(c) give
(d) lose
Answer:
(d) lose

Question 9.
Makalu was unexplored.
(a) expedited
(b) explored
(c) explained
(d) expelled
Answer:
(b) explored

Question 10.
Buddhists believe that God lives in lofty summits.
(a) high
(b) colossal
(c) enormous
(d) lowly
Answer:
(d) lowly

Question 11.
We scrambled cautiously.
(a) carefully
(b) meticulously
(c) carelessly
(d) teasingly
Answer:
(c) carelessly

Question 12.
We set about descending from the ridge.
(a) dissenting
(b) ascending
(c) condescending
(d) stooping
Answer:
(b) ascending

Question 13.
We cramponed along our tracks spurred by the urgency of diminishing oxygen.
(a) aroused
(b) animated
(c) propelled
(d) calmed
Answer:
(d) calmed

Question 14.
With a sigh of delight we collapsed into our sleeping bags.
(a) joy
(b) bliss
(c) sorrow
(d) contentment
Answer:
(c) sorrow

Question 15.
Their happiness and pride showed.
(a) egoism
(b) egotism
(c) gratification
(d) humility
Answer:
(d) humility

Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 2 A Shot In the Dark

Students who are interested in learning of 11th English Supplementary Chapter 2 A Shot In the Dark Questions and Answers can use Tamilnadu State Board Solutions of 11th English Chapter Wise Pdf. First check in which chapter you are lagging and then Download Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Book Solutions Questions and Answers Summary, Activity, Notes Chapter Wise. Students can build self confidence by solving the solutions with the help of Tamilnadu State Board English Solutions. English is the scoring subject if you improve your grammar skills. Because most of the students will lose marks by writing grammar mistakes. So, we suggest you to Download Tamilnadu State Board 11th English Solutions according to the chapters.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 2 A Shot In the Dark

Check out the topics covered in Supplementary Chapter 2 A Shot In the Dark Questions and Answers before you start your preparation. Improve your grammar skills with the help of Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Book Solutions Questions and Answers pdf links. The solutions for Tamilnadu State Board 11th English Textbook are prepared by the English experts. So, if you follow Tamilnadu State Board Solutions 11th English Textbook Solutions you can cover all the topics in Supplementary Chapter 2 A Shot In the Dark Questons and Answers. This helps to improve your communication skills.

11th English Supplementary A Shot In The Dark Warm up
Can you spot 10 differences between these pictures?
How observant are you? Individually, try to spot as many differences as possible in five minutes. If you have spotted less than five, then you really need to improve your observation skill just to save yourself from being misled.

11th English Supplementary A Shot In The Dark Solutions Supplementary Chapter 2 Samacheer Kalvi

Answer:

A Shot In The Dark Question Answers Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Confessions of A Born Spectator Textual Questions

1. Answer the following questions in about 30-50 words each:

A Shot In The Dark Question Answers Question (a)
Why did Philip Sletherby visit Brill Manor?
Answer:
Philip Sletherby visited Brill Manor because he had been invited by Mrs. Honorio Saltpen Jago for a luncheon at Brill Manor.

Shot In The Dark Questions And Answers Question (b)
How would Sletherby gain from his friendship with Honoria Saltpen-Jago?
Answer:
Mr. Philip Sletherby’s hostess was a person of social importance in London, especially of considerable importance in the Chalkshire. He pinned his hopes on her recommendations to get a ticket to contest the MP election in the eastern division of Chalkshire. One of his club acquaintance assured him that Mrs.Saltpen-Jago had a reputation of being an excellent hostess. ‘

A Shot In The Dark Summary In Tamil Question (c)
Why did his travel companion curse and mutter?
Answer:
Mr. Sletherby’s travel companion was a young man of about twenty-two. He cursed and muttered because he had lost his valet along with the family crest. He claimed that he did so foolishly to seal a letter. He had forgotten to collect the valet.

11th English Unit 2 Supplementary Question (d)
Describe Bertie’s problem.
Answer:
Bertie was returning ffomyachting experience for about six months. He had done a damn awkward thing. He left behind his sovereign purse with four quid in it. It was all his worldly wealth at the moment. He must have left the purse on the table. He was stopping at a little country in a near Brondquay for three days’ fishing. As none knows him there, he needed money for his week-end bill and tips and cab to and from the station. In short, he desperately needed three pounds to manage the crisis.

A Shot In The Dark Supplementary Question (e)
‘There was a tinge of coldness in his voice.’ Why?
Answer:
Bertie claimed that he had not seen his mom Mrs. Saltpen-Jago for about six months , because he had gone for yachting. As he had overheard Mr. Sletherby’s intention of visiting Mrs. Saltpen-Jago at Brill Manor he introduced himself as Bertie, Mrs. Saltpen’s younger son. He had lost his sovereign purse. He needed to borrow three quid. As Mr. Sletherby had some suspicion he asked him what was the crest-like? He immediately replied it was demi-lion holding a cross-crosslet. Disbelieving his words, with a tinge of coldness in his voice, Mr. Sletherby said that Mrs. Saltpen-Jago had a grey hound courant on her note paper.

 

Question (f)
Compare the two crests.
Answer:
The Saltpen crest was “a demi-lion holding a cross-crosslet in its paw.” The Jago crest was a grey hound. Both were used in the family. Bertie could use either of the crests. Bertie had a feeling that he belonged to Saltpens, who used demi-lion crest always.

Question (g)
What was Sletherby’s response to Bertie’s request?
Answer:
Sletherby initially agreed to lend three pounds. But he wanted to ensure that he was not taken for a ride. He asked him if his mother had a close resemblance with him. Bertie claimed that his mom had dark brown hair like himself. Mr. Sletherby was already biased against lending the money as he believed that Grey hound was the crest found on Mrs. Saltpen-Jago’s note book paper. So, he refused to lend the promised loan to Bertie.

Question (h)
What caught his attention about the car door?
Answer:
The car door had two crests along. One was the demi-lion holding a cross-crosslet in its paw and the other was a greyhound.

Question (i)
Describe Honario Saltpen-Jago.
Answer:
Honario Saltpen-Jago was a brilliant and influential woman. She knew exactly when to take up an individual or drop him. She had very fine looks but she spoiled it. She had k beautiful dark brown hair but applied some dye and changed it into blonde.

Question (j)
Why did K.C.’s words shock Sletherby?
Answer:
Mr. Sletherby had left Mr. Bertie, Mrs. Honario Saltpen-Jago’s younger son on his way to Brill Manor in a railway station penniless and frustrated. He had not believed Bertie’s. description of his mom’s dark brown hair and the family’s double crest. When the footman Mr. KC commented on Mrs. Saltpen’s changed Looks, Mr. Sletherby was alarmed and he realized that he had behaved in a mean way. He had mistaken Bertie to be fraud. Thus K.C.’s words had shocked Mr. Sletherby.

2. Rearrange the sentences given below and write a summary of the story in a paragraph. Begin with:

Philip Sletherby was travelling by train to Brill Manor.
(a) The young man introduced himself as Bertie, the son of Saltpen Jago.
(b) Bertie needed three pounds desperately and asked Sletherby to lend it to him.
(c) All the time Sletherby was gazing at the door panel of the car, on which were the two crests – a demi-lion and a grey hound courant.
(d) He was received by Claude People. K.C.,who had kept on talking about various things.
(e) Bertie had left his purse behind, after sealing an envelope with the crest on the purse.
(f) Bertie stated that it was the Jago crest. He further added that his mother’s hair was dark brown similar to his.
(g) While describing the appearance of Honario Saltpen-Jago, K.C. referred to her altered’ hairstyle.
(h) Sletherby realized that Bertie had not lied to him, but that he had mistaken him for a fraud.
(i) He explained that the Saltpen crest was that of a demi-lion.
(j) Sletherby sat dumbstruck on learning that Mrs. Honario Saltpen Jago had changed her dark brown hair to a blonde, just five weeks ago.
(k) Sletherby pointed out to him that his mother’s letter had a greyhound courant crest.
(l) His companion in the train was a yOungman who was searching for something frantically.
(m) Suspecting foul play, Sletherby did not give him any money, as he knew Mrs.Saltpen- Jago was a blonde.

Answers:

(l) His companion in the train was a young man who was searching for something frantically.
(a) The young man introduced himself as Bertie, the son of Saltpen Jago.
(e) Bertie had left his purse behind, after sealing an envelope with the crest on the purse.
(b) Bertie needed three pounds desperately and asked Sletherby to lend it to him.
(i) He explained that the Saltpen crest was that of a demi-lion.
(k) Sletherby pointed out to him that his mother’s letter had a greyhound courant crest.
(J) Bertie stated that it was the Jago crest. He further added that his mother ’s hair was dark brown similar to his. .
(m) Suspecting foul play, Sletherby did not give him any money, as he knew Mrs. Saltpen- Jago was a blonde.
(d) He was received by Claude People. K.C.,who had kept on talking about various things.
(c) All the time Sletherby was gazing at the door panel of the car, on which were the two crests – a demi-lion and a grey hound courant.
(g) While describing the appearance of Honario Saltpen-Jago, K.C. referred to her altered hairstyle.
(j) Sletherby sat dumbstruck on learning that Mrs. Honario Saltpen Jago had changed her dark brown hair to a blonde, just five weeks ago.
(h) Sletherby realized that Bertie had not lied to him, but that he had mistaken him for a fraud.

Answer (for summary of the story in a paragraph)

Philip Sletherby was travelling by train to Brill Manor. His companion was a young man named Bertie, the son of Saltpen Jago. Bertie had left his purse behind after sealing an envelope with the crest on the purse. He asked Sletherby to lend three pounds to him. He also explained that the Saltpen crest was that of a.demi-lion. Sletherby said that his mother’s letter had a greyhound courant crest. Bertie said that his mother’s hair was dark brown similar to his. Suspecting foul play, Sletherby did not give him any money, as he knew Mrs. Saltpen-Jago was a blonde. He was received by Claude People, K.C., who had kept on talking about various things. While describing the appearance of Honario Saltpen-Jago, K.C. referred to her altered hairstyle and said that she had changed her dark brown hair to a blonde, just five weeks ago. Sletherby realized that Bertie had not lied to him, but that he had mistaken him for a fraud.

Additional Questions

1. Rearrange the sentences given below:

(a) Unable to arrest Bob himself, he sends a plainclothed man to do it.
(b) Bob kept his words and reached the spot before 10 p.m. and waited anxiously.
(c) A patrolman (Jimmy wells) finds a notorious criminal wanted by Chicago police is Bob.
(d) Both promised to meet at the same spot at 10 pm 20 years later.
(e) Jimmy wells and Bob had dinner at Big Joe’ Brady’s restaurant.

Answer:

(e) Jimmy wells and Bob had dinner at Big Joe’ Brady’s restaurant.
(d) Both promised to meet at the same spot at 10 pm 20 years later.
(b) Bob kept his words and reached the spot before 10 p.m. and waited anxiously.
(c) A patrolman (Jimmy wells) finds a notorious criminal wanted by Chicago police is Bob.
(a) Unable to arrest Bob himself, he sends a plainclothes man to do it.

 

2. Rearrange the sentences given below:

(a) While describing the appearance of Mrs. Saltpen-Jago, K.C. described her altered hairstyle but Sletherby was in a daze after seeing the double crest on the door of the car.
(b) Sletherby realized that Bertie had not lied, but that he had mistaken him for a fraud.
(c) Suspecting foul play, Sletherby did not give him any money, as he knew Mrs. Saltpen- Jago was a blonde.
(d) When Sletherby referred to a greyhound courant, Bertie stated that it was Jago crest. He further added that his mom had dark brown hair similar to his.
(e) Bertie having lost his purse wanted a loan of three pound, from Mr. Sletherby.

Answers:

(e) Bertie having lost his purse wanted a loan of three pound, from Mr. Sletherby.
(d) When Sletherby referred to a greyhound courant, Bertie stated that it was Jago crest. He further added that his mom had dark brown hair similar to his.
(c) Suspecting foul play, Sletherby did not give him any money, as he knew Mrs. Saltpen-Jago was a blonde.
(a) While describing the appearance of Mrs. Saltpen-Jago, K.C. described her altered hairstyle but Sletherby was in a daze after seeing the double crest on the door of the car.
(b) Sletherby realized that Bertie had not lied, but that he had mistaken him for a fraud..

3 Explain the following phrases selected from the story in your own words and work with a partner to make sentences using these phrases:

Question (a)
on approval – on acceptance
Answer:
Seetha went abroad on her dad’s approval.

Question (b)
a rustic holiday – a vacation to be spent in a village
Answer:
The students who went on a rustic holiday to Kurangani forest were caught in a forest fire accident.

Question (c)
a double-distilled idiot – very stupid person
Answer:
Some double – distilled idiots ill-treat their parents in old age.

Question (d)
a tinge of coldness – a shade of hostility lack of friendliness
Answer:
The manager turned down the worker’s plea for a pay hike with a tinge of coldness.

Question (e)
making up for lost time – compensate
Answer:
The boy had to study two hours more everyday to make up for the lost time.

(4) Answer the following questions in a paragraph of about 100-150 words each.

Question (a)
Describe the youth’s strange behaviour when he was in the train.
Answer:
The young man who entered the coach gave out a smothered curse. He was engaged in searching something elusive angrily and uselessly. From time to time, he dug a six penny bit out of a waist coat pocket and stared at it sadly, then resumed his search. He voluntarily broke the silence. He exclaimed that Mr. Sletherby was-going to Bill Manor. He introduced himself as Bertie, the younger son of Mrs. Saltpen-Jago. He admitted that he was away for about six months and had not seen his own mother. Making use of the lucky coincidence that he was going to Brill Manor, he asked for a loan of three pounds as he had lost his sovereign purse and was desperately in need of help. He promised to meet him on the subsequent Monday.
“There is no need to suffer silently and there is no shame in seeking help.”

 

Question (b)
One has to be cautious and not be carried away by stories. How did Sletherby exhibit caution?
Answer:
Sletherby is a very cautious person. From the beginning he had decided not to be carried away by the ‘stories’ of the young man. He laid the trap for the young man by feigning absolute ignorance about his mom’s looks. He asked him if his mom resembled him. Bertie replied that his mom had dark brown hair like himself. Besides, in his mental eye, Sletherby compared the crest he found in the invitation received from Mrs. Saltpen-Jago “a grey hound” with the young man’s description of the royal crest “demi-lion holding a cross-crosslet in its paw”. The two details contradicted Mr. Sletherby’s knowledge of Mrs. Saltpen-Jago’s royal family. There is something basically inhuman not to be interested in the affairs of a fellow human being “in distress”. .
“The truth is a beautiful and terrible thing and hence should be treated with caution.”

Question (c)
How did Sletherby’s judgement of Bertie turn out to be a wrong one?
Answer:
Sletherby concluded that Bertie was a fraud. He compared his looks with that of his mom. The footman of Mrs.Saltpen-Jago while describing her appearance, said that she had altered her looks only five weeks ago. She had changed her dark brown hair to a blonde. Sletherby also saw the double crest of the royal family on the door panel of the car which displayed a demi-lion and a greyhound courant. The evidences which made Mr. Sletherby believe that Bertie must have been a fraud turned out to be solid evidences ‘ indicating Bertie’s genuineness as a legal heir of Mrs. Saltpen-Jago. Sletherby realized

with alarm that Bertie had not lied to him, but he had mistaken an honest man in trouble to be an impostor. Sletherby’s political future was heading to a disaster simply because he refused to lend three pounds to a young man in trouble. He was penny wise and pound foolish.

“Before you assume, learn the facts. Before you judge, understand why. ”

Question (d)
As Sletherby, would you apologise to Bertie for your rude behaviour? Give reasons.-
Answer:
Of course, yes. I would earnestly apologise for mistaking Bertie to be a fraud. I would explain the circumstantial evidences which really worked against him. The crest of a grey hound I had found in his mom’s letter and the present altered colour of his mom’s hair had clouded my judgement against him. I would admit that I could have offered at least two pounds to help him overcome the problem caused by his carelessness. I would express my regrets for leaving him behind furious and disappointed.
“Life becomes easier when you learn to accept the apology you never got. ”

Question (e)
‘Seeing is believing’. How is this humorously disproved in this story? Bring out the irony in the situation. .
Answer:
“Seeing is believing” is an age old adage which is also contradicted by Plato’s saying Appearance is always deceptive because it appears to appear”. Some times truth is not quite impressive. She needs the support of limping old maid called time to prove herself. Being a cynic and skeptic, Mr. Sletherby takes up a stand right at the beginning of the encounter, not to show any interest in the young man’s fussy outbursts. He carefully lays the trap by telling a lie that he had not seen his mom. He further asks him cleverly if his mom resembled him.

Both Bertie himself and Mr. Sletherby are unaware of the altered looks of Mrs. Saltpen-Jago. There is a dramatic irony when the son himself gives a different version of his mom’s appearance. This influences the decision of Mr. Sletherby in refusing to lend Bertie a loan of three pounds. Thus the adage “Seeing is believing” is humorously disproved in this story. Enquiring thoroughly and compassionately one can find the truth.
“Everything we hear is an opinion, not a fact.
Everything we see is a perspective, not the truth.

Additional Questions

Question (a)
Attempt a character sketch of Mr. Philip Sletherby.
Answer:
Mr. Philip Sletherby was a politician but much known to the people of Chalkshire. He wishes to contest for a MP seat in Chalkshire with the recommendation of a level-headed woman namely Mrs. Saltpen-Jago. Fortunately he had been invited to spend the weekend with her at Brill Manor. He believes that his political pilgrimage would turn out to be a blessing. There is something mean about his unwillingness to show any interest in the affairs of an angry young travelling companion. Mr. Philip Sletherby loves things and uses people to advance his career prospects. At the very beginning, he doubts the credentials of Bertie who introduces himself as the younger son of Bertie. He is quick to judge people. Though the young man wanted only three pounds, he quizzes him with many questions about his royal crest and contradicts him with his ice-cold logic. He is proud of having laid a trap saying he had never seen his mother.

He offers to assist the young man in distress. But when Bertie wants to leave, he refuses to part with money saying that his mom was a pronounced blonde. He prided himself for his cleverness. But he is shocked to see the double crest on the car’s door panel, demi-lion holding a cross-crosslet in his paw and a greyhound. He is petrified to leam from K.C.’ that Mrs. Saltpen-Jago had recently dyed her beautiful dark brown hair blonde. Mr. Sletherby realized that his cleverness has, in reality, turned out to be his meanness. He becomes troubled that his political future may be lost due to his three pound de-buckle. He has proved himself penny wise and pound foolish.
“You must make the choice, to take the chance if you want anything, in life to change. ”

 

Question (b)
Attempt a character sketch of Mrs. Saltpen-Jago.
Answer:
Mrs. Saltpen is a brilliant woman. She is level headed. She is a clear thinker. She knows exactly when to take up an individual or a social cause. Being a lady of discernment, she may choose to drop a person if she finds him unworthy of her attention. She is an influential woman. But occasionally, she is eccentric. She spoils herself and her chance by being too restless. No wonder Bertie too is restless like his mom. She is never calm and composed. She used to have beautiful dark brown hair which jelled well with her fresh complexion.

Recently she has electrified people by dying it blonde. It has in-fact ruined her looks. K.C. unravels many details about Mrs. Saltpen-Jago. It is obvious that her influence in Chalkshire is more due to her affluence and large estate than her personality traits. Her inconstant nature is obvious in her ability to raise someone from the gutters to the top or drop someone she does not like. The only thing charming about her is that she treats her guests well as a good hostess.

I. Choose the right option.

Question 1.
Philip Sletherby was on a profitable pilgrimage to ______
(a) Mecca
(b) Israel
(c) Velankanni
(d) Brill Manor
Answer:
(d) Brill Manor

Question 2.
Mrs ______ was a person of some social importance in London.
(a) Thatcher
(b) Victoria
(c) Williams
(d) Saltpen-Jago
Answer:
(d) Saltpen-Jago

Question 3.
Sletherby hostess had considerable influence in the country of ______
(a) Cannibals
(b) Yorkshire
(c) Chalkshire
(d) Scotland
Answer:
(c) Chalkshire

Question 4.
______ was the second son of Mrs. Saltpen-Jago.
(a) Bob
(b) Jimmy Wells
(c) Bertie
(d) James
Answer:
(c) Bertie

 

Question 5.
Mr. ______ was invited to spend the weekend with Mrs. Saltpen-Jago.
(a) Bertie
(b) Claude
(c) KC
(d) Philip Sletherby
Answer:
(d) Philip Sletherby

Question 6.
Bertie claimed that he had not seen his mother for a period of ______ months.
(a) three
(b) six
(c) four
(d) two
Answer:
(b) six

Question 7.
Bertie was ______ when his mom was in town.
(a) fishing
(b) yachting
(c) travelling
(d) skiing
Answer:
(b) yachting

Question 8.
The young man confessed that he had done an ______ thing.
(a) ugly
(b) awkward
(c) embarrassing
(d) efficient
Answer:
(b) awkward

Question 9.
Bertie claims to have lost his sovereign purse with ______ quid in it.
(a) ten
(b) six
(c) four
(d) five
Answer:
(c) four

Question 10.
Bertie compared himself to a double distilled ______ for leaving his purse behind.
(a) genius
(b) fool
(c) idiot
(d) clown
Answer:
(c) idiot

 

Question 11.
Bertie planned to spend three days at ______
(a) Brazil
(b) Brondquay
(c) Mumbai
(d) Ceylon
Answer:
(b) Brondquay

Question 12.
Bertie wanted to go for ______ for three days.
(a) trekking
(b) fishing
(c) reading
(d) bungee jumping
Answer:
(b) fishing

Question 13.
Initially Sletherby gave Bertie hopes by agreeing to lend him ______ pounds.
(a) one
(b) two
(c) three
(d) four
Answer:
(c) three

Question 14.
As suspicion crept into Sletherby’s mind about the genuineness of the boy’s claim there was a tinge of ______ in his voice.
(a) pity
(b) anger
(c) coldness
(d) love
Answer:
(c) coldness

Question 15.
Bertie said that his mom had dark ______ hair.
(a) red
(b) brown
(c) black
(d) blond
Answer:
(b) brown

 

Question 16.
Slether by found Bertie’s mother having ______ hair.
(a) brown
(b) red
(c) black
(d) blond
Answer:
(d) blond

Question 17.
Sletherby congratulated himself on his ______
(a) meanness
(b) judgement
(c) astuteness
(d) cautiousness
Answer:
(c) astuteness

Question 18
______ wanted to play a round of golf with Sletherby.
(a) Mrs. Saltpen-Jago
(b) Peter
(c) Claude People
(d) Bertie
Answer:
(c) Claude People

Question 19.
Sletherby’s eyes were fixed on the ______ on which were displayed two crests: a greyhound courant and a demi-lion holding in its paw a cross-crosslet.
(a) tyre
(b) mirror
(c) door panel
(d) bonnet
Answer:
(c) door panel

 

Question 20.
The idiotic change Mrs. Saltpen-Jago had made five weeks ago was ______
(a) plastic surgery of her nose
(b) dying her dark brown hair blonde
(c) dying her brown hair white
(d) cutting her long curly hair like a school girl
Answer:
(b) dying her dark brown hair blonde

II. Identify the speaker.

Question 1.
“Oh, you’re staying with Mrs. Saltpen-Jago for the week-end.
Answer:
Club acquaintance of Mrs. Sletherby.

Question 2.
“Didn’t I hear you say you were going down to stay with Mrs. Saltpen-Jago at Brill Manor?
Answer:
Bertie to Philip Sletherby.

Question 3.
“I’ve done a damned awkward thing.”
Answer:
Bertie

Question 4.
“What’s your crest by the way?”
Answer:
Sletherby to Bertie.

Question 5.
“I think I can manage that.”
Answer:
Philip Sletherby.

Question 6.
“Thanks awfully. It’s jolly good of you.”
Answer:
Bertie to Sletherby

Question 7.
“The demi-lion is the Saltpen crest.”
Answer:
Bertie to Sletherby

 

Question 8.
“My station is the next one.”
Answer:
Bertie to Sletherby

Question 9.
“Does she resemble you at all in feature?”
Answer:
Sletherby to Sletherby

Question 10.
“She has the same dark brown hair.”
Answer:
Bertie about his mom to Sletherby

Question 11.
“You’ve forgotten the three quid.”
Answer:
Bertie to Sletherby

Question 12.
“I’ve no intention of lending you three pounds, or three shillings.”
Answer:
Sletherby to Bertie

Question 13.
“She is a pronounced blonde.”
Answer:
Sletherby about Mrs. Saltpen-Jago to Bertie

Question 14.
“Hullo, Sletherby! You spending the week-end at Brill?”
Answer:
Claude People K.C.

Question 15.
“We’ll have a round of golf together.”
Answer:
Claude People K.C,

Question 16.
“Good appearance, until she made that idiotic change.”
Answer:
Claude People K.C.

 

Question 17.
“Change?…. What change?”
Answer:
Sletherby to K.C.

Question 18.
“She used to have beautiful dark brown hair, which went very well with her fresh complexion” ,
Answer:
Claude People K.C. to Sletherby

Question 19.
“Five weeks ago, she electrified everybody by appearing as a brilliant blonde.”
Answer:
Claude People K.C. to Sletherby

Question 20.
“I say, what’s the matter with you? You look rather ill.”
Answer:
Claude People K.C. to Sletherby.

III. Reading Comprehension.

Question 1.
He had scarcely glanced at a couple of pages, however,, when a smothered curse caused him to glance hastily at the only other occupant of the carriage. His travelling companion was a young man of about two-and-twenty, with dark hair, fresh complexion, and the blend of smartness and disarray that marks the costume of a ‘nut’ who is bound on a rustic holiday. He was engaged in searching furiously and ineffectually for some elusive or non-existent object; from time to time he dug a sixpenny bit out of a waistcoat pocket and stared at it ruefully, then recommenced the futile searching operations. A cigarette-case, matchbox, latchkey, silver pencil case, and railway ticket were turned out on to the seat beside him, but none of these articles seemed to afford him satisfaction; he cursed again, rather louder than before. The vigorous pantomime did not draw forth any remark from Sletherby, who resumed his scrutiny of the magazine.

Question (a)
What made Sletherby look at his fellow traveller?
Answer:
The young travelling companion let out a smothered curse. This made him look at the young travelling companion.

Question (b)
What, did Mr. Sletherby deduce from the looks of the young man?
Answer:
The young man must be around twenty two. He was bound for a rustic holiday.

Question (c)
What was the young man doing inefficiently?
Answer:
The young man was furiously searching for some elusive or non-existent object.

Question (d)
What did the young man’s rueful stare at the six penny imply?
Answer:
The young man’s rueful stare at the six penny implied the young man was in a financial . trouble.

Question (e)
Did the vigorous pantomime get the young man any help? Why?
Answer:
The vigorous pantomime turned out to be useless. Mr. Sletherby did not evince any interest in knowing the young man’s trouble.

2. “Not exactly, but left behind, which is almost as bad; just as inconvenient, anyway. I’ve come away .without my sovereign-purse, with four quid in it, all my worldly wealth for the moment. It was in my pocket all right, just before I was starting, and then I wanted to seal a letter, and
the sovereign-purse happens to have my crest on it, so I whipped it out to stamp the seal with, and, like a double-distilled idiot, I must have left it on the table. I had some silver loose in my pocket, but after I’d paid for a taxi and my ticket I’d only got this forlorn little six pence left. I’m stopping at a little country inn near Brondquay for three days’ fishing; not a soul knows me there, and my week-end bill, and tips, and cab to and from the station, and my ticket on to

Brill, that will mount up to two or three quid, won’t it? If you wouldn’t mind lending me two pound ten, or three for preference, I shall be awfully obliged. It will pull me out of no end of a hole.”

Question (a)
What was left behind?
Answer:
The young man’s sovereign purse was left behind.

Question (b)
What according to the young man, was in the purse?
Answer:
There was four quid in the purse.

Question (c)
What was the need to open his purse?
Answer:
He had to take out his crest to seal a letter.

Question (d)
Why did the young man call himself a distilled idiot?
Answer:
The young man had left his purse on the table while sealing the letter. So, he called himself a double distilled idiot.

Question (e)
“Haste makes waste.” Relate this saying to the young man’s loss.
Answer:
The young man was probably in a hurry to hire a cab and reach the railway station. In a haste he forgot to collect the purse he had kept on the table. Thus, it is true that haste makes waste.

3. “Thanks awfully. It’s jolly good of you. What a lucky thing for me that I should have chanced across one of the mater’s friends. It will be a lesson to me not to leave my exchequer lying about anywhere, when it ought to be in my pocket. I suppose the moral of the whole thing is don’t try and convert things to purposes for which they weren’t intended. Still, when a sovereign-purse has your crest on it-”
“What is your crest, by the way?” Sletherby asked, carelessly.

“Not a very common one,” said the youth; “a demi-lion holding a cross-crosslet in its paw.” “When your mother wrote to me, giving me a list of trains, she had, if I remember rightly, a greyhound *courant on her notepaper,” observed Sletherby. There was a tinge of coldness in his voice.

“That is the Jago crest,” responded the youth promptly; “the demi-lion is the Saltpen crest. We have the right to use both, but I always use the demi-lion, because, after all, we are really Saltpens.”

Question (a)
Why did Bertie thank Mr. Sletherby?
Answer:
He thanked Bertie hoping that he would extend him a loan of three pounds.

Question (b)
What was uncommon about the crest Bertie described?
Answer:
It was a demi-lion holding a cross-crosslet in his paw. Thus, it was an uncommon crest.

Question (c)
How did Mr. Sletherby’s observation drive Bertie to defend the genuineness of his crest?
Answer:
Mr. Sletherby observed that in the note paper he had received from Mrs. Saltpen-Jago, he had seen “Greyhound courant” crest printed. This drove Bertie to defend his crest saying his mom used Jago crest whereas he used Saltpen’s crest.

Question (d)
How did Bertie happen to use a different crest?
Answer:
Bertie used Saltpen’s crest. His mom used Jago crest i.e., Greyhound. Children had the option to use either Saltpen’s or Jago crests.

4. “Good-bye,” said Sletherby.

“You’ve forgotten the three quid,” said the young man, opening the carriage-door and pitching his suit-case on to the platform.

“I’ve no intention of lending you three pounds, or three shillings,” said Sletherby severely. “But you said-”
“I know I did. My suspicions hadn’t been roused then, though I hadn’t necessarily swallowed your story. The discrepancy about the crests put me on my guard, not withstanding the really brilliant way in which you accounted for it. Then I laid a trap for you; I told you that I had never met Mrs. Saltpen-Jago. As a matter of fact I met her at lunch on Monday last. She is a pronounced blonde.”

The train moved on, leaving the soi-disant cadet of the Saltpen-Jago family cursing furiously on the platform.

Question (a)
Did Mr, Sletherby really forget three quids. How?
Answer:
No, Sletherby did not forget three quid loan demanded by the young man. He simply took him to be a fraud and refused to lend him even three penny.

Question (b)
What had put Mr. Sletherby on guard?
Answer:
The information the boy disclosed about the family crest of Saltpen-Jago put Mr. Sletherby on guard.

Question (c)
What lie did Mr. Sletherby use to trap the young man?
Answer:
He had never seen Bertie’s mom Mrs. Saltpen-Jago.

 

Question (d)
Which claim of Bertie about his mom’s looks worked against him?
Answer:
The claim that his mom had dark brown hair similar to him worked against him. This . statement made Mr. Sletherby conclude that Bertie was a fraud.

Question (e)
What did Bertie do to express his feelings on the disappointment caused by Mr. Sletherby?
Answer:
Bertie cursed Sletherby furiously stamping his feet on the platform.

5. Sletherby heard not a single word, noted not one of the details that were being expounded to him. His eyes were fixed on the door panel, on which were displayed two crests: a greyhound courant and a demi-lion holding in its paw a cross-crosslet. “Brilliant woman, level-headed, a clear thinker, knows exactly when to take up an individual or a cause, exactly when to let him or it drop. Influential woman, but spoils herself and her chances by being too restless. No repose. Good appearance, too, till she made that idiotic change.”

“Change?” queried Sletherby, “what change?”

“What change? You don’t mean to say- Oh, of course, you’ve only known her just lately. She used to have beautiful dark brown hair, which went very well with her fresh complexion; then one day, about five weeks ago, she electrified everybody by appearing as a brilliant blonde. Quite ruined her looks. Here we are. I say, what’s the matter with you? You look rather ill.”

Question (a)
Why was Mr. Sletherby speechless?
Answer:
Mr. Sletherby saw two crests on the car’s door panel. One was a grey bound and the other was what Bertie had described, a demi-lion holding in its paw a cross, crosslet. This made him speechless.

Question (b)
Who described Mrs. Saltpen-Jago as a brilliant and influential woman?
Answer:
Mr. K. C. described Mrs. Saltpen-Jago as a brilliant and influential woman.

Question (c)
How did Mrs. Saltpen-Jago spoil her chances?
Answer:
She spoiled her chances by being too restless.

Question (d)
What idiotic change had Mrs. Saltpen-Jago made in her good appearance?
Answer:
She dyed her beautiful dark brown hair into blonde. This idiotic change ruined her looks.

Question (e)
Why did Mr. Sletherby look very ill suddenly?
Answer:
Mr. Sletherby had doubted Bertie’s crest and his claim of brown hair of his mom. But he realized with alarm that Bertie had told the truth about the crest and about his mom’s hair. He looked ill as he had been too mean to Mrs. Salt-pen’s son.

A Shot In the Dark About the Author

Shot In The Dark Questions And Answers Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 2

Hector Hugh Munro (1870-1916) better known by his pen name Saki was a brilliant British writer. His witty, mischievous and sometimes macabre stories, satirize Edwardian society and culture. He is considered a master of short story and often compared to Q, Henry. His stories also tend to end with a twist like those of O. Henry’s.

 

A Shot In the Dark Summary

Philip Sletherby travels in a train to meet Mrs. Saltpen Jago. He decided to gain some political mileage by getting her acquaintance. Sletherby wanted to be a candidate for the MP election in the eastern division of Chalkshire. As she had invited him on a friendly luncheon-party at her country house he counted on her for nominating him. The silence in the compartment was spoiled by the smothered cries of a young man who was obviously looking for something. As Mr, Philip Sletherby did not show any interest in his despair, he himself explained his situation. He was glad that the narrator was going to spend his week-end with his mother Mrs. Saltpen – Jago at Brill Manor. The boy said that he hadn’t seen his mom for almost six months. He was Bertie and he had lost his royal seal and the money purse. He needed three quid for his brief stay and ticket fare to his home. He was on a fishing expedition.

A Shot In The Dark Summary In Tamil Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Supplementary Chapter 2

Mr. Sletherby agreed to lend but asked him, what was his crest? The young man said it was the demi-lion holding a eross-crosslet in its paw, With a tinge of coldness in his voice, Sletherby said that his mom had written a grey hound courant on her notepaper. The young man said they could use both. Demi-lion was Saltpen crest and Grey Hound was Jago-crest. The young man said that he always used the demi-lion. He also added that he was getting down in the next station. Sletherby asked him if his mom resembled him. The boy said that she had the same dark brown hair like him. When the boy was about to get out, he reminded him of the loan of three quid. Sletherby said that he had met his mom who was a pronounced blonde. The young man stamps his. feet furiously. A tall footman had arrived at the railway station to receive him.

11th English Unit 2 Supplementary Solutions A Shot In The Dark Samacheer Kalvi

A luxury vehicle was parked. The footman Mr. K.C. explained a lot about the car. But nothing entered his brain as he saw two crests on the car “s door panel-a grey hound courant and a demi-lion holding in its paw a cross-erosslet. The second blow follows when KC said that Mrs. Saltpen-Jago used to have beautiful dark brown hair which agreed well with her complexion. She shocked everybody bv changing her looks as a brilliant blonde. She had ruined her looks. Suddenly Mr. Sletherby turned pale. Mr. K.C. asked if he was ill.

A Shot In The Dark Supplementary Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Solutions Chapter 2

1. Rearrange the sentences given below:

astuteness – cleverness
blonde – pale yellow hair
chaise – horse-drawn carriage
*courant -/ko ra:nt/ – animal represented in the act Of running
crest -a symbol representing a family, reproduced on writing paper
discrepancy – difference
embarked – boarded
espied – caught sight of
exchequer – national treasury
expounded – explained
Honoria /hD ‘ na:na/ – (Latin) honour, a woman of reputation
ineffectually – In vam
mater / ‘ melta/ – (Latin) mother
pantomime – exaggerated behaviour
quid – (British) one pound Sterling
ruefully – regretfully, sorrowfully
sedately – in a dignified manner
soi- disant -self styled
sumptuous – expensive looking
tackle – equipment required for a task or sport
volubility – fluency, talkativeness

Additional:
apologise – seek forgiveness
alarmed – afraid of danger
dumb struck – shocked
exactly – correctly, accurately
frantically – quickly in a disorderly manner

The main aim is to share the knowledge and help the students of 11th English to secure the best score in their final exams. Use the concepts of Samacheer Kalvi 11th English Book Solutions Supplementary Chapter 2 A Shot In the Dark Questions and Answers in Real time to enhance your skills. If you have any doubts you can post your comments in the comment section, We will clarify your doubts as soon as possible without any delay.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition

Students can Download Computer Science Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Book Solutions Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Composition and Decomposition Text Book Back Questions and Answers

PART – 1
I. Choose The Correct Answer

11th Computer Science Chapter 7 Book Back Answers Question 1.
Suppose u, v = 10, 5 before the assignment. What are the values of u and v after the sequence of assignments?
1. u : = v
2. v : = u
(a) u, v = 5, 5
(b) u, v = 10, 5
(c) u, v = 5, 10
(d) u, v = 10, 10
Answer:
(a) u, v = 5, 5

Composition And Decomposition In Computer Science Question 2.
Which of the following properties is true after the assignment (at line 3?
1. – – i + j = 0
2. i, j : = i + 1, j – 1
3. – – ?
(a) i + j > 0
(b) i + j < 0
(c) i + j = 0
(d) i = j
Answer:
(c) i + j = 0

Class 11 Computer Science Chapter 7 Solutions Question 3.
If C1 is false and C2 is true, the compound statement
11th Computer Science Chapter 7 Book Back Answers Composition And Decomposition Samacheer Kalvi
(a) S1
(b) S2
(c) S3
(d) none
Answer:
(b) S2

Computer Science Samacheer Kalvi Question 4.
If C is false just before the loop, the control flows through
Composition And Decomposition In Computer Science Samacheer Kalvi 11th Solutions Chapter 7
(a) S1 ; S3
(b) S1 ; S2 ; S3
(c) S1 ; S2 ; S2 ; S2 ; S3
(d) S1 ; S2 ; S2 ; S2 ; S3
Answer:
(a) S1 ; S3

Samacheer Kalvi Computer Science Question 5.
If C is true, S1 is executed in both the flowcharts, but S2 is executed in
Class 11 Computer Science Chapter 7 Solutions Composition And Decomposition Samacheer Kalvi
(a) (1) only
(b) (2) only
(c) both (1) and (2)
(d) neither (1) nor (2)
Answer:
(a) (1) only

Samacheer Kalvi Guru 7th Computer Science Question 6.
How many times the loop is iterated?
i : = 0
while i ≠ 5
i : = i + 1
(a) 4
(b) 5
(c) 6
(d) 0
Answer:
(b) 5

PART – 2
II. Short Answers

Samacheer Kalvi Guru 11th Computer Science Question 1.
Distinguish between a condition and a statement.
Answer:
Computer Science Samacheer Kalvi 11th Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition

Samacheer Kalvi Computer Science Book Question 2.
Draw a flowchart for conditional statement.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi Computer Science 11th Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition

11 Computer Science Samacheer Kalvi Question 3.
Both conditional statement and iterative statement have a condition and a statement. How do they differ?
Answer:
Conditional Statement:

  • Statements are executed only once when the condition is true.
  • If condition statement.

Iterative Statement:

  • Iterative statement repeatedly evaluates a condition and executes a statement until it becomes false.
  • While condition statement.

Samacheer Kalvi Guru Computer Science Question 4.
What is the difference between an algorithm and a program?
Answer:
Algorithm:

  • Algorithm is for human readers to understand.
  • Knowledge of English is needed.
  • Easy to understand.

Program:

  • Program is for the computers to execute directly.
  • Knowledge of programming language is required.
  • It is difficult to understand.

Computer Science Textbook Solutions Question 5.
Why is function an abstraction?
Answer:
Once a function is defined, it can be used over and over and over again. Reusability of a single function several times is known as an abstraction.

Computer Chart For 11th Class Question 6.
How do we refine a statement?
Answer:
In refinement, each statement is repeatedly expanded into more detailed statements in the subsequent levels.

PART – 3
Explain in Brief

Computer Charts For Class 11 Question 1.
For the given two flowcharts write the pseudo code.
Answer:

  1. Enter A,B
  2. Initialise Q = 0, r = A
  3. If r > B, then do Q = Q + 1; r = r – B else r, q
  4. Exit

Samacheer Kalvi Guru 11 Computer Science Question 2.
If C is false in line 2, trace the control flow in this algorithm.

  1. S1
  2. – – C is false
  3. if C
  4. S2
  5. else
  6. S3
  7. S4

Answer:
S1 ; S2 ; S4

Statement Meaning In Computer Question 3.
What is case analysis?
Answer:
Case Analysis statement generalizes the problem into multiple cases. Case Analysis splits the problem into an exhaustive set of disjoint cases.

Question 4.
Draw a flowchart for -3 case analysis using alternative statements.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi Guru 7th Computer Science Composition And Decomposition Solutions

Question 5.
Define a function to double a number in two different ways:

  1. n + n
  2. 2 x n

Answer:
1. Double (n)
– – inputs: n is a real number or an integer, n > 0
– – Outputs: y is a real number or an integer such that y = n + n

2. Double (n)
– – inputs: n is a real number or an integer, n > 0
– – Outputs: y is a real number or an integer such that y = 2 x n

PART – 4
IV. Explain in Detail

Question 1.
Exchange the contents: Given two glasses marked A and B. Glass A is full of apple drink and glass B is full of grape drink. Write the specification for exchanging the contents of glasses A and B, and write a sequence of assignments to satisfy the specification.
Answer:
Let the variables a, b, c represent Glass A, Glass B and Glass C and a, b, c can store values APPLE, GRAPE or EMPTY.
Specification:

  1. exchange (a, b)
  2. – – inputs: a, b : = APPLE, GRAPE
  3. – – outputs: a, b : = GRAPE, APPLE

Algorithm:
Samacheer Kalvi Guru 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition

Question 2.
Circulate the contents: Write the specification and construct an algorithm to circulate the contents of the variables A, B and C as shown below: The arrows indicate that B gets the value of A, C gets the value of B and A gets the value of C.
Samacheer Kalvi Computer Science Book 11th Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition
Specifications:

  1. circulate
  2. – – inputs: a, b, c: = A, B, C
  3. – – outputs: a, b, c: = C, A, B

Algorithm:

  1. circulate (a, b, c)
  2. – – a, b, c: = A, B, C
  3. temp : = c
  4. c : = b
  5. b : = a
  6. a : = temp
  7. – – a, b, c: = C, A, B

Question 3.
Decanting problem. You are given three bottles of capacities 5, 8, and 3 litres. The 8L bottle is filled with oil, while the other two are empty. Divide the oil in 8L bottle into two equal quantities. Represent the state of the process by appropriate variables. What are the initial and final states of the process? Model the decanting of oil from one bottle to another by assignment. Write a sequence of assignments to achieve the final state.
Answer:
(a)
Let a, b, c be the variables whose maximum value are 8L, 5L and 3L respectively.
Initial State:
11 Computer Science Samacheer Kalvi Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition
a, b, c: = 8, 0, 0

Final State:
Samacheer Kalvi Guru Computer Science 11th Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition
a, b, c: = 4, 4, 0

Specifications:

  1. decant
  2. – – inputs: a, b, c : = 8, 0, 0
  3. – – outputs: a, b, c : = 4, 4, 0

Algorithm:
Let us assume that a: = b denote oil in b is poured into a bottle until either “a” is full or “b” becomes empty.

  1. decant (a, b, c)
  2. – – a, b, c : = 8, 0, 0
  3. b : = a
  4. – – a, b, c : = 3, 5, 0
  5. c : = b
  6. – – a, b, c : = 3, 2, 3
  7. a : = c
  8. – – a, b, c : = 6, 2, 0
  9. c : = b
  10. – – a, b, c : = 6, 0, 2
  11. b : = a
  12. – – a, b, c : = 1, 5, 2
  13. c : = b
  14. – – a, b, c : = 1, 4, 3
  15. a : = c
  16. – – a, b, c: = 4, 4, 0

Question 4.
Trace the step – by – step execution of the algorithm for factorial(4).
factorial(n)
– – inputs : n is an integer , n ≥ 0
– – outputs : f = n!
f, i : = 1,1
while i ≤ n
f, i : = f x i, i + 1
Answer:
Computer Science Textbook Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition Samacheer Kalvi 11th

Samacheer kalvi 11th Computer Science Composition and Decomposition Additional Questions and Answers

PART – 1
I. Choose the correct answer

Question 1.
Which one of the following is odd?
(a) Python
(b) C++
(c) C
(d) Ctrl + S
Answer:
(d) Ctrl + S

Question 2.
………………. is a diagrammatic notation for representing algorithms.
(a) Pseudo code
(b) Flowchart
(c) Program
(d) Languages
Answer:
(b) Flowchart

Question 3.
There are important control flow statements.
(a) four
(b) three
(c) two
(d) five
Answer:
(b) three

Question 4.
A ………………. statement is composed of a sequence of statements.
(a) iterative
(b) conditional
(c) sequential
(d) alternative
Answer:
(c) sequential

Question 5.
A ………………. is contained in a rectangular box with a single outgoing arrow, which points to the box to be executed next.
(a) statement
(b) composition
(c) notation
(d) condition
Answer:
(a) statement

Question 6.
The triangle is right – angled, if ……………….
(a) C = a – b
(b) C2 = a2 + b2
(c) C2 = (a + b)2
(d) c2 = a2 – b2
Answer:
(b) C2 = a2 + b2

Question 7.
The algorithm can be specified as ……………….
(a) monochromatize (a, b, c)
(b) a = b = 0
(c) C = A + B + C
(d) none
Answer:
(a) monochromatize (a, b, c)

Question 8.
After an algorithmic problem is decomposed into subproblems, we can abstract the subproblems as ……………….
(a) refinement
(b) pseudo – code
(c) decomposition
(d) functions
Answer:
(d) functions

Question 9.
Which one of the following is the elementary problem solving techniques?
(a) Specification
(b) Abstraction
(c) Composition
(d) decomposition
Answer:
(d) decomposition

Question 10.
Which one of the following have only high level details?
(a) Flow chart
(b) Algorithm
(c) Programs
(d) Pseudocode
Answer:
(b) Algorithm

Question 11.
How many different notations are there for representing algorithms?
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
(b) 3

Question 12.
Which one of the following notations will be executed by computers?
(a) Flow chart
(b) Pseudocode
(c) Programming languages
(d) Compiler
Answer:
(c) Programming languages

Question 13.
Which one of the following algorithmic notation is used for communication among people?
(a) Flow chart
(b) Pseudo code
(c) PL
(d) Interpreter
Answer:
(b) Pseudo code

Question 14.
Which one of the following algorithmic notation is used for giving visual intuition of control flow?
(a) Flow chart
(b) Programming languages
(c) Pseudo code
(d) Compiler
Answer:
(a) Flow chart

Question 15.
The algorithmic notation similar to Programming language is ……………….
(a) Flow chart
(b) Pseudo code
(c) C ++
(d) C
Answer:
(b) Pseudo code

Question 16.
Identify the statement which is wrong ……………….
(a) Programs must obey the grammar of the Programming language exactly.
(b) The punctuations in Programming language must be exactly.
(c) The Programming language is informal.
(d) Translator translates the programs into instructions.
Answer:
(c) The Programming language is informal.

Question 17.
Which one is used for converting programs into computer executable instructions?
(a) Converter
(b) Apps
(c) Translator
(d) exe files
Answer:
(c) Translator

Question 18.
Identify the correct statement from the following?
(a) Pseudo code can be executed by the computer directly.
(b) Pseudo code cannot be executed by the computer directly.
(c) Algorithm cannot be expressed in Pseudo code
(d) Algorithm are written only for python language
Answer:
(b) Pseudo code cannot be executed by the computer directly.

Question 19.
The notation which is not formal nor exact is ……………….
(a) Flow chart
(b) Pseudo code
(c) Compiler
(d) Translator
Answer:
(b) Pseudo code

Question 20.
Identify the correct statements.
(i) Pseudo code uses natural English for statements and conditions..
(ii) Pseudo code notation is formal one.
(iii) There is no need to follow the rules of the Programming language grammer
(iv) It must be rigorous and correct.
(a) (i) (ii) (iii)
(b) (ii) (iii) (iv)
(c) (i) (iii) (iv)
(d) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
Answer:
(c) (i) (iii) (iv)

Question 21.
Find the pair which is wrongly matched.
(a) Rectangular boxes – Statements
(b) Diamond boxes – Output
(c) Arrow – Control flow
(d) Parallelogram – Input
Answer:
(b) Diamond boxes – Output

Question 22.
Find the correct flow chart diagram from the following.
Computer Chart For 11th Class Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition Samacheer Kalvi
Answer:
Computer Charts For Class 11 Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition Samacheer Kalvi

Question 23.
The inputs and outputs are drawn using ……………….. boxes.
(a) rectangular
(b) diamond
(c) Parallelogram
(d) Oval
Answer:
(c) Parallelogram

Question 24.
The symbol used for representing the box to be executed next is ………………..
(a) ⇒
(b) ⇓
(c) ↓
(d) ++
Answer:
(c) ↓

Question 25.
The flow of control is represented in the flowchart by ………………..
(a) arrow
(b) dot
(c) box
(d) plus
Answer:
(a) arrow

Question 26.
In flow chart, rectangular boxes represents ………………..
(a) statements
(b) condition
(c) Input
(d) End
Answer:
(a) statements

Question 27.
A condition is contained in a diamond shaped box with ……………….. outgoing arrows.
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
(a) 2

Question 28.
A collection of boxes containing statements and conditions connected by arrow are ………………..
(a) compiler
(b) Flow chart
(c) Pseudo code
(d) Algorithm
Answer:
(b) Flow chart

Question 29.
Match the following:
Samacheer Kalvi Guru 11 Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition
(a) (i) -4 (ii) 0 – 1 (iii) – 2 (iv) – 3
(b) (i) – 1 (ii) – 2 (iii) – 3 (iv) – 4
(c) (i) – 4 (ii) – 2 (iii) – 1 (iv) – 3
(d) (i) – 3 (ii) – 2 (iii) – 1 (iv) – 4
Answer:
(a) (i) -4 (ii) 0 – 1 (iii) – 2 (iv) – 3

Question 30.
How many outgoing arrows are needed for rectangular boxes in flow chart?
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 3
Answer:
(b) 1

Question 31.
Statements composed of other statements are known as:
(a) Simple Statements
(b) Compound Statements
(c) Conditional
(d) Control flow
Answer:
(b) Compound Statements

Question 32.
Which one of the following is not a control flow statements?
(a) Sequential
(b) Assignment
(c) Iterative
(d) Alternative
Answer:
(b) Assignment

Question 33.
Which one of the following statement is used to alter the normal flow of control of the program?
(a) Assignments
(b) Control flow
(c) Compound
(d) both b & c
Answer:
(d) both b & c

Question 34.
Which one of the following statements are executed one after the other as written in the algorithm?
(a) Sequential
(b) Iterative
(c) Conditional
(d) Decisive
Answer:
(a) Sequential

Question 35.
Alternative statements analyses the problem into ……………….. cases.
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 5
Answer:
(a) 2

Question 36.
Case analysis statement generalizes the statement into ……………….. cases.
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 5
(d) multiple
Answer:
(d) multiple

Question 37.
If sC is a ……………….. statement.
(a) Conditional
(b) Alternative
(c) Case Analysis
(d) Iterative
Answer:
(a) Conditional

Question 38.
Which one of the following process executes the same action repeatedly?
(a) Conditional
(b) Alternative
(c) Iterative
(d) None of these
Answer:
(c) Iterative

Question 39.
The iterative statement is commonly known as a ………………..
(a) loop
(b) Case Analysis
(c) Alternative
(d) Conditional
Answer:
(a) loop

Question 40.
Testing the loop condition and executing the loop body once is called ………………..
(a) alternative
(b) conditional
(c) Iteration
(d) Decomposition
Answer:
(c) Iteration

PART – 2
II. Short Answers

Question 1.
What is a Programming Language?
Answer:

  1. A programming language is a notation for expressing algorithms to be executed by computers.
  2. Programs must obey the grammar of the programming language exactly. Ex. C, C++, python.

Question 2.
What is a Pseudo code?
Answer:
Pseudo code is a mix of programming language like constructs and plain English. Algorithms expressed in Pseudo code are not intended to be executed by computers but for human readers to understand.

Question 3.
What is a Flow – chart?
Answer:
Flow chart is a diagrammatic notation for representing algorithms. A flow chart is a collection of boxes containing statements and conditions which are connected by arrows showing the order in which the boxes are to be executed.

Question 4.
What is a control flow statement. Classify it.
Answer:
Control flow statements are compound statements. They are used to alter the control flow of the process depending on the state of the process. They are classified as:

  1. Sequential
  2. Alternative
  3. Iterative

Question 5.
What is meant by Decomposition?
Answer:
Decomposition is one of the elementary problem-solving techniques. An algorithm may be broken into parts, expressing only high level details. Then, each part may be refined into smaller parts, expressing finer details or each part may be abstracted as a function.

Question 6.
When a condition statement will be executed?
Answer:
It will be executed only when the condition statement is true.

Question 7.
Write the algorithm specification to find minimum of 2 numbers.
Answer:
Minimum (a, b)
– – inputs : a, b
– – outputs : result = a >1 b

Question 8.
Draw the flowchart for alternative control flow.
Answer:
Statement Meaning In Computer Samacheer Kalvi 11th Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition And Decomposition

PART – 3
III. Explain in Brief

Question 1.
Draw the diagram flowchart for integer division.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 17

Question 2.
Explain conditional statement.
Answer:
Conditional statement: Sometimes we need to execute a statement only if a condition is true and do nothing if the condition is false. This is equivalent to the alternative statement in which the else clause is empty. This variant of alternative statement is called a conditional statement. If C is a condition and S is a statement, then
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 18
is a statement, called a conditional statement, that describes the following action:

  1. Test whether C is true or false.
  2. If C is true then do S; otherwise do nothing.

The conditional control flow is depicted in the flowchart.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 20

Question 3.
Write a note on refinement.
Answer:
After decomposing a problem into smaller subproblems, the next step is either to refine the subproblem or to abstract the subproblem.
1. Each subproblem can be expanded into more detailed steps. Each step can be further expanded to still finer steps, and so on. This is known as refinement.

2. We can also abstract the subproblem. We specify each subproblem by its input property and the input – output relation. While solving the main problem, we only need to know the specification of the subproblems. We do not need to know how the subproblems are solved.

Question 4.
Draw various symbols used in flowchart with their usage.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 19

Question 5.
Write a Algorithm to find minimum of 2 numbers.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 21

Question 6.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 22
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 23

Question 7.
Construct an iterative algorithm to compute the quotient and remainder after dividing an integer A by another integer B.
Answer:
divide (A, B)
– – inputs: A is an integer and B ≠ 0
– – Outputs: q and r such that A = q x B + r and 0 < r < B
q : = 0, A
While r ≥ B
q, r : = q + 1, r – B

PART – 4
IV. Explain in Detail

Question 1.
Write the disadvantages of flowcharts.
Answer:
Disadvantages of flowcharts:

  1. Flowcharts are less compact than representation of algorithms in programming language or pseudo code.
  2. They obscure the basic hierarchical structure of the algorithms.
  3. Alternative statements and loops are disciplined control flow structures.

Question 2.
Explain the sequential statement in detail with the diagram.
Answer:
A sequential statement is composed of a sequence of statements. The statements in the sequence are executed one after another, in the same order as they are written in the algorithm, and the control flow is said to be sequential. Let S1 and S2 be statements. A sequential statement composed of S1 and S2 is written as
S1
S2
In order to execute the sequential statement, first do S1 and then do S2. The sequential statement given above can be represented in a flowchart. The arrow from S1 to S2 indicates that S1 is
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 24
Let the input property be P, and the input-output relation be Q, for a problem. If statement S solves the problem, it is written as

  1. – – p
  2. S
  3. – – Q

If we decompose the problem into two components, we need to compose S as a sequence of two statements S1 and S2 such that the input-output relation of S1, say R, is the input property of S2.

  1. – – P
  2. S1
  3. – – R
  4. S2
  5. – – Q

Question 3.
Write a note on case analysis.
Answer:
Alternative statement analyses the problem into two cases. Case analysis statement generalizes it to multiple cases. Case analysis splits the problem into an exhaustive set of disjoint cases. For each case, the problem is solved independently. If Cl, C2, and C3 are conditions, and S1, S2, S3 and S4 are statements, a 4 – case analysis statement has the form,

  1. case C1
  2. S1
  3. case C2
  4. S2
  5. case C3
  6. S3
  7. else
  8. S4

The conditions C1, C2, and C3 are evaluated in turn. For the first condition that evaluates to true, the corresponding sttement is executed, and the case analysis statement ends. If none of the conditions evaluates to true, then the default case S4 is executed.

  1. The cases are exhaustive: at least one of the cases is true. If all conditions are false, the default case is true.
  2. The cases are disjoint: only one of the cases is true. Though it is possible for more than one condition to be true, the case analysis always executes only one case, the first one that is true. If the three conditions are disjoint, then the four cases are (1) C1, (2) C2, (3) C3, (4) (not C1) and (not C2) and (not C3).

Question 4.
What is a function? Explain in detail.
Answer:
After an algorithmic problem is decomposed into subproblems, we can abstract the subproblems as functions. A function is like a sub-algorithm. Similar to an algorithm, a function is specified by the input property, and the desired input – output relation.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 25
To use a function in the main algorithm, the user need to know only the specification of the function – the function name, the input property, and the input – output relation. The user must ensure that the inputs passed to the function will satisfy the specified property and can assume that the outputs from the function satisfy the input – output relation. Thus, users of the function need only to know what the function does, and not how it is done by the function. The function can be used a “black box” in solving other problems.

Ultimately, someone implements the function using an algorithm. However, users of the function need not know about the algorithm used to implement the function. It is hidden from the users. There is no need for the users to know how the function is implemented in order to use it.

An algorithm used to implement a function may maintain its own variables. These variables are local to the function in the sense that they are not visible to the user of the function. Consequently, the user has fewer variables to maintain in the main algorithm, reducing the clutter of the main algorithm.

Question 5.
Draw the flowchart for Eat breakfast.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 26

Question 6.
Explain Alternative statement.
Answer:
Alternative statement:
A condition is a phrase that describes a test of the state. If C is a condition and both S1 and S2 are statements, then
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 31
is a statement, called an alternative statement, that describes the following action:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 27

  1. Test whether C is true or false.
  2. If C is true, then do S1; otherwise do S2.

In pseudo code, the two alternatives S1 and S2 are indicated by indenting them from the keywords if and else, respectively. Alternative control flow is depicted in the flowchart. Condition C has two outgoing arrows, labeled true and false. The true arrow points to the S1 box. The false arrow points to the S2 box. Arrows out of S1 and S2 point to the same box, the box after the alternative statement.

Conditional statement:
Sometimes we need to execute a statement only if a condition is true and do nothing if the condition is false. This is equivalent to the alternative statement in which the else clause is empty. This variant of alternative statement is called a conditional statement.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 28
If C is a condition and S is a statement, then
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 32

  1. Test whether C is true or false.
  2. If C is true then do S; otherwise do nothing.

The conditional control flow is depicted in the flowchart.

Question 7.
Explain various symbols in Flow chart.
Answer:
Flowchart is a diagrammatic notation for representing algorithms. They show the control flow of algorithms using diagrams in a visual manner. In flowcharts, rectangular boxes represent simple statements, diamond-shaped box represent conditions, and arrows describe how the control flows during the execution of the algorithm. A flowchart is a collection of boxes containing statements and conditions which are connected by arrows showing the order in which.the boxes are to be executed.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Computer Science Solutions Chapter 7 Composition and Decomposition 29

  1. A statement is contained in a rectangular box with a single outgoing arrow,which points to the box to be executed next.
  2. A condition is contained in a diamond shaped box with two outgoing arrows, labeled true and false. The true arrow points to the box to be executed next if the condition is true, and the false arrow points to the box to be executed next if the condition is false.
  3. Parallelogram boxes represent inputs given and outputs produced.
  4. Special boxes marked Start and the End are used to indicate the start and the end of an execution:

The flowchart of an algorithm to compute the quotient and remainder after dividing an integer A by another integer B is shown below, illustrating the different boxes such as input, output, condition, and assignment, and the control flow between the boxes.

Flowcharts also have disadvantages.

  1. Flowcharts are less compact than representation of algorithms in programming language or pseudo code.
  2. They obscure the basic hierarchical structure of the algorithms.
  3. Alternative statements and loops are disciplined control flow structures. Flowcharts do not . restrict us to disciplined control flow structures.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium

Are you searching for the Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Chapter Wise Solutions PDF? Then, get your Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chapter Wise Solutions PDF for free on our website. Students can Download Chemistry Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Guide Pdf helps you to revise the complete Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium

All concepts are explained in an easy way on our website. So, students can easily learn and practice Tamilnadu State Board 12th Chemistry Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium Question and Answers. You can enjoy the digitized learning with the help of the Tamilnadu State Board Chemistry Online Material.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium Textual Evaluation Solved

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium Multiple Choice Questions

I. Choose the correct answer.

12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium Question 1.
Concentration of the Ag+ ions in a saturated solution of Ag2C2O4 is 2.24 x 10-4 mol L-1 solubility product of Ag2C2O4 is ………………
(a) 2.42 x 10-8 mol3 L-3
(b) 2.66 x 10-12 12 mol3 L-3
(c) 45 x 10-11 mol3 L-3
(d) 5.619 x 10-12 mol3 L-3
Answer:
(d) 5.619 x 10-12 mol3 L-3
Ag2C2O4 2Ag+ + C2 O42-
[Ag+] = 2.24 x 10-4 mol L-1
12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium Samacheer Kalvi Solutions Chapter 8
= 1.12 x 10-4 mol L-1
Ksp = [Ag+]2 [C2O42-]
=(2.24 x 10-4 mol L-1)2 (1.12 x 10-4 mol L-1)
=5.619 x 10-12 mol3 L-3

12th Chemistry Chapter 8 Book Back Answers Question 2.
Following solutions were prepared by mixing different volumes of NaOH of HCl different concentrations.
(i) 60 mL \(\frac { M }{ 10 }\) HCI + 40 mL \(\frac { M }{ 10 }\) NaOH
(ii) 55 mL \(\frac { M }{ 10 }\) HCl + 45 mL \(\frac { M }{ 10 }\) NaOH
(iii) 75 mL \(\frac { M }{ 5 }\) HCI +25 mL \(\frac { M }{ 5 }\) MNaOH
(iv) 100 mL \(\frac { M }{ 10 }\) HCI+ 100 mL \(\frac { M }{ 10 }\) NaOH

pH of which one of them wilt be equal to 1?
(a) (iv)
(b) (i)
(c) (ii)
(d) (iii)
Answer:
(d) (iii) 75 mL \(\frac { M }{ 5 }\) HCI + 25 mL \(\frac { M }{ 5 }\) NaOH
No of moles of HCl = 0.2 x 75 x 10-3 = 15 x 10-3
No of moles of NaOH = 0.2 x 25 x 10-3 = 5 x 1o-3
No of moles of HCl after mixing = 15 x 10-3 – 5 x 10-3
∴ Concentration of HCl
12th Chemistry Chapter 8 Book Back Answers Ionic Equilibrium Samacheer Kalvi
for (iii) solution, pH of 0.1 M HCI = – 1og10 (0.1) = 1.

12th Chemistry 8th Lesson Book Back Answers Question 3.
The solubility of BaSO4 in water is 2.42 x 10-3 gL-1 at 298K. The value of its solubility product
(Ksp) will be …………………..
(Given molar mass of BaSO4 = 233g mol-1)
(a) 1.08 x 10-14 mol2L2
(b) 1.08 x 10-12 mol2L2
(c) 1.08 x 10-10 mol2 L2
(d) 1.08 x 10-8 mol2L-2
Answer:
(c) 1.08 x 10-10 mol2 L2
BaSO4 \(\rightleftharpoons\) Ba2+ + SO42-
Ksp = (s) (s)
Ksp = (s)2
12th Chemistry 8th Lesson Book Back Answers Samacheer Kalvi Ionic Equilibrium

Ionic Equilibrium Questions And Answers Pdf Question 4.
pH of a saturated solution of Ca(OH)2 is 9. The Solubility product (K) of Ca(OH)2 ………………..
(a) 0.5 x 10-15
(b) 0.25 x 10-10
(c) 0.125 x 10-15
(d) 0.5 x 10-10
Answer:
(a) 0.5 x 10-15
Ca(OH)2 \(\rightleftharpoons\) Ca2+ + 2OH
Given that pH = 9
pOH = 14 – 9 = 5
[p0K = – 1og10[OH]]
[OH] = 10-pOH
[OH] =10-5M
Ksp = [Ca2+] [OH]2
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-4
=0.5

Class 12 Ionic Equilibrium Question 5.
Conjugate base for bronsted acids H2O and HF are ………………
(a) OH and H2FH+, respectively
(b) H3O+ and F, respectively
(c) OH and F, respectively
(d) H3O+ and H2F+, respectively
Answer:
(c) OH and F, respectively
Ionic Equilibrium Questions And Answers Pdf Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8
∴ Conjugate bases are OH and F respectively

Ionic Equilibrium Notes Pdf Question 6.
Which will make basic buffer?
(a) 50 mL of 0.1M NaOH + 25mL of 01M CH3COOH
(b) 100 mL of 0.1M CH3COOH + 100 mL of 0.1M NH4OH
(c) 100 mL of 0.1M HCI + 200 mL of 0.1M NH4OH
(d) 100 mL of 0.1M HCI + 100 mL of O.1 M NaOH
Answer:
(c) 100 mL of 0.1M HCI + 200 mL of 0.1M NH4OH
Basic buffer is the solution which has weak base and its salt
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-6

Samacheer Kalvi Guru 12th Chemistry Question 7.
Which of the following fluro – compounds is most likely to behave as a Lewis base?
(a) BF3
(b) PF3
(c) CF4
(d) SiF4
Answer:
(b) PF3
BF3 → electron deficient → Lewis acid
PF3 → electron rich → Lewis base
CF4 → neutral → neither lewis acid nor base
SiF4 → neutral → neither lewis acid nor base

Samacheer Kalvi Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Question 8.
Which of these is not likely to act as lewis base?
(a) BF3
(b) PF3
(c) CO
(d) F
Answer:
(a) BF3
BF3 → electron deficient → Lewis acid
PF3 → electron rich → Lewis base
CO → having lone pair of electron → Lewis base
F → unshared pair of electron → lewis base

Ionic Equilibrium Notes Question 9.
What is the decreasing order of strength of bases?
OH, NH2, H – C = C and CH3 – CH2
(a) OH > NH2 > H – C = C > CH3 – CH2
(b) NH2 > OH > CH3 – CH2 > H – C = C
(c) CH3 – CH2, > NH2 > H – C = C > OH
(d) OH > H – C = C > CH3 – CH2 > NH2
Answer:
(c) CH3 – CH2, > NH2 > H – C = C > OH
Acid strength decreases in the order
HOH > CH = CH > NH3 > CH3CH3
Its conjucate bases arc in the reverse order
CH3 – CH2 > NH2 > H – C = C > OH

Ionic Equilibrium Question 10.
The aqueous solutions of sodium formate, anilinium chloride and potassium cyanide are respectively
(a) acidic, acidic, basic
(b) basic, acidic, basic
(c) basic, neutral, basic
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) basic, acidic, basic
Class 12 Ionic Equilibrium Samacheer Kalvi Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8

Class 12 Chemistry Chapter 8 Notes Question 11.
The percentage of pyridine (C5H5N) that forms pyridinium ion (C5H5NH) in a 0.10M aqueous pyridine solution (Kb for C5H5N = 1.7 x 10-9) iS ……………..
(a) 0.006%
(b) 0.013%
(c) 0.77%
(d) 1.6%
Answer:
(b) 0.013%
Ionic Equilibrium Notes Pdf Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8
Percentage of dissociation
= \(\sqrt { 1.7 }\) x 10-4 x 100 = 1.3 x 10-2 = 0.013%

Question 12.
Equal volumes of three acid solutions of pH 1,2 and 3 are mixed in a vessel. What will be the H+ ion concentration in the mixture?
(a) 37 x 10-2
(b) 10-6
(c) 0.111
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) 3.7 x 10-2
pH = – log10 [H+]
[H+] = 10-pH
Let the volume be x mL
V1M1 + V2M2 + V3M3 = VM
x mL of 10-1M + x mL of 10-2M + x mL of 10-3 M
= 3 x mL of [H+]
= 3 x mL of [H+]
[H+] =
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-9
= 0.037 = 3.7 x 10-2

Question 13.
The solubility of AgCl (s) with solubility product 1.6 x 10-10 in 0. 1 M NaCl solution would be ………….
(a) 1.26 x 10-5 M
(b) 1.6 x 10-9 M
(c) 1.6 x 10-11 M
(d) Zero
Answer:
(b) 1.6 x 10-9 M
AgCl (s) \(\rightleftharpoons\) Ag+(aq) + Cl(aq)
Samacheer Kalvi Guru 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium
Ksp = 1.6 x 10-10
Ksp = [Ag+][Cl]
K = (s) (s+0.1)
0.1 >>s
Samacheer Kalvi Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium

Question 14.
If the solubility product of lead iodide is 3.2 x 10-8, its solubility will be …………..
(a) 2 x 10-3M
(b) 4 x 10-4 M
(c) l.6 x 10-5 M
(d) 1.8 x 10-5 M
Answer:
(a) 2 x 10-3M
PbI2 (s) → Pb2+ (aq) + 2I (aq)
Ksp = (s) (2s)2
3.2 x 10-8 = 4s3
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-12

Question 15.
Using Gibb’s free energy change, ∆G0 = 57.34 KJ mol-1, for the reaction, X2Y(g) \(\rightleftharpoons\) 2X+ + Y2-(aq), calculate the solubility product of X2Y in water at 300K (R = 8.3 J K-1 Mol-1) ……………….
(a) 10-10
(b) 10-12
(c) 10-14
(d) can not be calculated from the given data
Answer:
(a) 10-10
57.34 KJ mol-1 = – 2.303 x 8.3 JK-1 mol-1 x 300K log Ksp
Ionic Equilibrium Notes Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8
log10Ksp = -10
∴ Ksp = 10-10
∆G0 = – 2.303 RT log Keq
X2Y(s) \(\rightleftharpoons\) 2X+(aq) +Y2-(aq)
Ionic Equilibrium Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8
Keq = [x+]2[Y2-] ( X2Y(s) = 1)
Keq = K
Question 16.
MY and NY3, are insoluble salts and have the same Ksp values of 6.2 x 10-13 at room temperature. Which statement would be true with regard to MY and NY3?
(a) The salts MY and NY3 are more soluble in O.5 M KY than in pure water
(b) The addition of the salt of KY to the suspension of MY and NY3 will have no effect on
(c) The molar solubities of MY and NY3 in water are identical
(d) The molar solubility of MY in water is less than that of NY3
Answer:
(d) The molar solubility of MY in water is less than that of NY3
Addition of salt KY (having a common ion Y) decreases the solubility of MY and NY3 due to common ion effect. Option (a) and (b) are wrong.
For salt MY, MY \(\rightleftharpoons\) M+ + Y
Ksp = (s) (s)
6.2 x 10-13 = s2
Class 12 Chemistry Chapter 8 Notes Ionic Equilibrium Samacheer Kalvi
The molar solubility of MY in water is less than of NY3

Question 17.
What is the pH of the resulting solution when equal volumes of 0.1M NaOH and 0.01M HCl are mixed?
(a) 2.0
(b) 3
(c) 7.0
(d) 12.65
Answer:
(d) 12.65
x ml of 0.1 m NaOH + x ml of 0.01 M HCI
No. of moles of NaOH = 0.1 x x x 10-3 = 0.l x x 10-3
No. of moles of HCl = 0.01 x x x 10-3 = 0.01 x x 10-3
No. of moles of NaOH after mixing = 0.1x x 10-3 – 0.01x  x 10-3
= 0.09x x 10-3
Concentration of NaOH =
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-166
[OH] = 0.045
pOH = – log (4.5 x 10-2)
= 2 – log 4.5
= 2 – 0.65 = 1.35
pH = 14 – 1.35 = 12.65

Question 18.
The dissociation constant of a weak acid is 1 x 10-3 . In order to prepare a buffer solution with a pH =4, the [Acid] / [Salt] ratio should be ………………..
(a) 4:3
(b) 3:4
(c) 10:1
(d) 1:10
Answer:
(d) 1:10
Ka = 1 x 10-3 ; pH = 4
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-16

Question 19.
The pH of 10-5 M KOH solution will be …………..
(a) 9
(b) 5
(c)19
(d) none of these
Answer:
(a) 9
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-17
[OH] = 10-5M.
pH = 14 – pOH .
pH = 14 – ( – log [OH])
= 14 + log [OH] = 14 + log 10-5
= 14 – 5 = 9

Question 20.
H2PO4 the conjugate base of …………….
(a) PO4
(b) P2O5
(c) H3PO4
(d) HPO42-
Answer:
(c) H3PO4
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-55
H2PO4 is the conjugate base of H3PO4

Question 21.
Which of the following can act as lowery – Bronsted acid well as base?
(a) HCl
(b) SO42-
(c) HPO42-
(d) Br
Answer:
(c) HPO42-
HPO42- can have the ability to accept a proton to form H2PO4.
It can also have the ability to donate a proton to form PO4-3.

Question 22.
The pH of an aqueous solution is Zero. The solution is ……………..
(a) slightly acidic
(b) strongly acidic
(c) neutral
(d) basic
Answer:
(b) strongly acidic
pH = – log10[H+]
[H+] =10-pH
= 100 = 1
[H+] = 1 M
The, solution is strongly acidic

Question 23.
The hydrogen ion concentration of a buffer solution consisting of a weak acid and its salts is given by ………………
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-18
Answer:
According to Henderson equation
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-19
According to Henderson equation
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-20

Question 24.
Which of the following relation is correct for degree of hydrolysis of ammonium acetate?
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-21
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-22

Question 25.
Dissociation constant of NH4OH is 1.8 x 10-5 the hydrolysis constant of NH4Cl would be …………….
(a) 1.8 x 10-19
(b) 5.55 x 10-10
(c) 5.55 x 10-5
(d) 1.80 x 10-5
Answer:
(b) 5.55 x 1010
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-23

II. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
What are lewis acids and bases? Give two example for each.
Answer:
1. Lewis acids:

  • Lewis acid is a species that accepts an electron pair.
  • Lewis acid is a positive ion (or) an electron deficient molecule.
  • Example, Fe2+, CO2, BF3, SiF4 etc…

2. Lewis bases:

  • Lewis base is a species that donates an electron pair.
  • Lewis base is an anion (or) neutral molecule with atleast one lone pair of electrons.
  • Example, NH3, F, CH2 = CH2, CaO etc….

Question 2.
Discuss the Lowry – Bronsted concept of acids and bases.
Answer:
According to Lowry – Bronsted concept, an acid is defined as a substance that has a tendency to donate a proton to another substance and base is a substance that has a tendency to accept a proton from other substance. When hydrogen chloride is dissolved in water, it donates a proton to the later. Thus, HCl behaves as an acid and H2O is base. The proton transfer from the acid to base can be represented as
HCl + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O+ + Cl

When ammonia is dissolved in water, it accepts a proton from water. In. this case, ammonia (NH3) acts as a base and H2O is acid. The reaction is represented as
H2O + NH3 \(\rightleftharpoons\) NH4+ + OH
Let us consider the reverse reaction in the following equilibrium
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-24
H3O+ donates a proton to Cl to form HCI i.e., the products also behave as acid and base. In general, Lowry – Bronsted (acid – base) reaction is represented as
Acid1 + Base2 \(\rightleftharpoons\) Acid2 + Base1
The species that remains after the donation of a proton is a base (Base1)and is called the conjugate base of the Bronsted acid (Acid1). In other words, chemical species that differ only by a proton are called conjugate acid – base pairs. Conjugate acid – base pair
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-25
HCl and Cl, H2O and H3O are two conjugate acid – base pairs. i.e., Cl is the conjugate base of the acid HCl (or) HCl is conjugate acid of Cl Similarly H3O is the conjugate acid of H2O. Limitations of Lowry – Bronsted theory. Substances like BF3 , AICl3 etc., that do not donate protons are known to behave as acids.

Question 3.
Indentify the conjugate acid base pair for the following reaction in aqueous solution.

  1. HS (aq) + HF \(\rightleftharpoons\) F (aq) + H2S (aq)
  2. HPO42- + SO32- \(\rightleftharpoons\) PO43- + HSO3
  3. NH4+ + CO32- \(\rightleftharpoons\) NH3 + HCO3

Answer:
1.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-26
• HF and F , HS and H2S are two conjugate acid – base pairs.
• F is the conjugate base of the acid HF (or) HF is the conjugate acid of F
• H2S is the conjugate acid of HS (or) HS is the conjugate base of H2S.

2.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-27
• HPO42- and PO43-, SO32- and HSO3 are two conjugate acid – base pairs.
.PO43- is the conjugate base of the acid HPO42- (or) HPO42- is the conjugate acid of PO4.
•HSO3 is the conjugate acid of SO32- (or) SO32- is the conjugate base of HSO3.

3.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-28
• NH+ and NH3, CO32- and HCO3 are two conjugate acid – base pairs.
• HCO3 is the conjugate of acid CO32- (or) CO32- is the conjugate bases of HCO3.
• NH3 is the conjugate base of NH4+ (or) NH4+ is the conjugate acid of NH3.

Question 4.
Account for the acidic nature of HCIO4. In terms of Bronsted – Lowry theory, identify its conjugate base.
Answer:
HClO4 \(\rightleftharpoons\) H+ + ClO4
1. According to Lowry – Bronsted concept, a strong acid has weak conjugate base and a weak acid has a strong conjugate base.

2. Let us consider the stabilities of the conjugate bases ClO4 , ClO3, CIO2 and ClO formed from these acid HClO4, HClO3, HCIO2, HOCI respectively.

These anions are stabilized to greater extent, it has lesser attraction for proton and therefore, will behave as weak base. Consequently the corresponding acid will be strongest because weak conjugate base has strong acid and strong conjugate base has weak acid.

3. The charge stabilization mercases in the order, ClO < ClO2 < ClO3 < ClO4 .

This means ClO4 will have maximum stability and therefore will have minimum attraction for W. Thus CIO4 will be weakest base and its conjugate acid HCIO4 is the strongest acid.

4. CIO4 is the conjugate base of the acid HClO4.

Question 5.
When aqueous ammonia is added to CuSO4 solution, the solution turns deep blue due to the formation of tetrammine copper (II) complex, [Cu(H2O)6]2+(aq) + 4NH3 (aq) \(\rightleftharpoons\) [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (aq), among H2O and NH3 which is stronger Lewis base.
Answer:
Copper (II) sulphate solution, for example contains the blue hexaaqua copper (II) complex ion. In the first stage of the reaction, the ammonia acts as a Bronsted – Lowry base. With a small amount of ammonia solution, hydrogen ions are pulled off two water molecules in the hexaaqua ion. This produces a neutral complex, one carrying no charge.

If you remove two positively charged hydrogen ions from a 2+ ion, then obviously there isn’t going to be any charge left on the ion. Because of the lack of charge, the neutral complex isn’t soluble in water and so you get a pale blue precipitate. [Cu(H2O)6]2+ + 2NH3 [Cu(H2O)4OH] + 2NH4+

This precipitate is often written as Cu(OH)2 and called copper (II) hydroxide. The reaction is reversible because ammonia is only a weak base. That precipitate dissolves if you add an excess of ammonia solution, giving a deep blue solution. The ammonia replaces four of the water molecules around the copper to give tetramminc diaqua copper (II) ions. The ammonia
uses its lone pair to form a coordinate covalent bond with the copper. It is acting as an electron pair donor – a Lewis base.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-29

Question 6.
The concentration of hydroxide ion in a water sample is found to be 2.5 x 10-6 M. Identify the nature of the solution.
Answer:
The concentration of OH ion in a water sample is found to be 2.5 x 10 M
pOH = – log10 [OH ]
pOH = – 1og10 [2.5 x 10-6]
= – log10 [2.5] – log10 [10-6]
= – 0.3979 – ( – 6)
= – 0.3979 + 6
pOH = 5.6

We know that,
pH + pOH = 14
pH + 5.6 = 14
pH = 14 – 5.6
pH = 8.4
pH = 8.4, shows the nature of the solution is basic.

Question 7.
A lab assistant prepared a solution by adding a calculated quantity of HCl gas 25°C to get a solution with [H3O+] = 4 x 105 M. Is the solution neutral (or) acidic (or) basic.
Answer:
[H3O+] = 4 x M
pH = – log10 [H3O+]
pH = – 1og10[4 x 105]
pH = – log10 [4] – log10 [10-5]
pH = – 0.6020 – ( – 5) = – 0.6020 + 5
pH = 4.398
Therefore, the solution is acidic.

Question 8.
Calculate the pH of 0.04 M HNO3 Solution.
Answer:
Concentration of HNO3 = 0.04M
[H3O+] = 0.04 mol dm-3
pH = – 1og[H3O+]
= – log (0.04)
= – log(4 x 10-2)
= 2 – log4 = 2 – 0.6021
= 1.3979 = 1.40

Question 9.
Define solubility product.
Answer:
Solubility product:
It is defined as the product of the molar concentration of the constituent ions, each raised to the power of its stoichiometric coefficient in a balanced equilibrium equation.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-30

Question 10.
Define ionic product of water. Give its value at room temperature.
Answer:
1. The product of concentration of H+ and OH ions in water at a particular temperature is known as ionic product.
2. The ionic product of water at room temperature (25°C) is,
Kw = [H+] [OH+] (or)
Kw= [H3O+] [OH+]
Kw =(1 x 10-7) (1 x 10-7)
Kw= 1 x 10-14 mol2 dm-6

Question 11.
Explain common ion effect with an example.
Answer:
Common ion Effect:
When a salt of a weak acid is added to the acid itself, the dissociation of the weak acid is suppressed further. Acetic acid is a weak acid. It is not completely dissociated in aqueous solution and hence the following equilibrium exists.
CH3COOH (aq) \(\rightleftharpoons\) H+(aq)+ CH3COO (aq)

However, the added salt, sodium acetate, completely dissociates to produce Na+ and CH3COO ion.
CH3COONa (aq) → Na+ (aq) + CH3COO (aq) Hence, the overall concentration ofCH3COO is increased, and the acid dissociation equilibrium is disturbed.

We know from Le chatelier’s priñciple that when a stress is applied to a system at equilibrium, the system adjusts itself to nullify the effect produced by that stress. So, in order to maintain the equilibrium, the excess CH3COO ions combines with H ions to produce much more unionized CH3COOH i.e.,

the equilibrium will shift towards the left. In other words, the dissociation of CH3COOH is suppressed. Thus, the dissociation of a weak acid (CH3COOH) is suppressed in the presence of a salt (CH3COONa) containing an ion common to the weak electrolyte. It is called the common ion effect.

Question 12.
Derive an expression for Ostwald’s dilution law.
Answer:
Ostwald’s dflution law:
It relates the dissociation constant of the weak acid (Ka) with its degree of dissociation (α) and the concentration (c). Considering a weak acid, acetic acid. The dissociation of acetic acid can be represented as,
CH3COOH \(\rightleftharpoons\) CH3COO + H+
The dissociation constant of acetic acid is,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-31
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-32
Substituting the equilibrium concentration in equation
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-33
We know that weak acid dissociates only to a very small extent compared to one, a is so small.
equation (1) becomes,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-34
Similarly, for a weak base,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-35
The concentration of H can be calculated using the Ka value as below,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-36
Substituting a value in equation (2),
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-37
For weak base
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-38

Question 13.
Define pH.
Answer:
pH of a solution is defined as the negative logarithm of base 10 of the molar concentration of the hydronium ions present in the solution.
pH = – log10 [H3O] (or) pH = – log10 [H+]

Question 14.
Calculate the pH of 1.5 x 10-3 M solution of Ba(OH)2
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-39
[OH] = 3 x 103M.
[pH + pOH = 14]
pH = 14 – pOH
pH = 14 – ( – log [OH])
= 14 + log [OH]
= 14 + log (3 x 10-3)
= 14 + log 3 + log 10-3
= 11 + 0.4771
pH = 11.48

Question 15.
50 ml of 0.05 M HNO3 is added to 50 ml of 0.025 M KOH. Calculate the pH of the resultant solution.
Solution.
Number of moles of HNO3 = 0.05 x 50 x = 2.5 x 10-3
Number of moles of KOH = 0.025 x 50 x 10-3 = 1.25 x 10-3
Number of moles of HNO3 after mixing = 2.5 x 10-3 – 1.5 x 10-3
= 1.25 x 10-3
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-40
After mixing, total volume = 100 ml = 100 x 10-3 L
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-41
pH = – log [H+]
pH = – log (1.25 x 10-2) = 2 – 0.0969
= 1.9031

Question 16.
The Ka value for HCN is 10-9. What is the pH of 0.4 M HCN solution?
Answer:
Ka =10-9
c = O.4M
pH = – log [H+]
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-42
∴ pH = – log(2 x 10-5)
= – log 2 – log (10-5)
= – 0.3010 + 5
pH = 4.699

Question17.
Calculate the extent of hydrolysis and the pH of 0.1 M ammonium acetate Given that.
Ka = Kb = 1.8 x 10-5
Solution.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-43
= 0.7453 x 10-2
pH = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) pKw + \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) pKa – \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) pKb
Given that Ka = Kb = 1.8 x 10-5
if Ka = Kb, then. pKa = pKb
pH = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) pKw = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) (14) = 7

Question 18.
Derive an expression for the hydrolysis constant and degree of hydrolysis of salt of strong acid and weak base.
Answer:
Let us consider the reactions between a strong acid, HCl, and a weak base, NH4OH, to produce a salt, NH4Cl, and water.
HCl (aq) + NH4OH (aq) \(\rightleftharpoons\) NH4Cl (aq) + H2O (I)
NH4CI(aq) → NH4+ + Cl (aq)

NH4+ is a strong conjugate acid of the weak base NH4OH and it has a tendency to react with OH from water to produce unionised NH4OH shown below.
NH4+ (aq) + H2O (1) \(\rightleftharpoons\) NH4OH (aq) + H+(aq)

There is no such tendency shown by Ct and therefore [H+] > [OH] the solution is acidic and the pH is less than 7.
As discussed in the salt hydrolysis of strong base and weak acid. In this case also, we can establish a relationship between the Ka and Kb as
Kh.Kb = Kw
Let us calculate the Kb value in terms of degree of hydrolysis (h) and the concentration of salt
Kh = h2 C and
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-44
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-45

Question 19.
Solubility product of Ag2CrO4 is 1 x 10-12. What is the solubility of Ag2CrO4 in 0.01 M AgNO3 solution?
Answer:
Solubility product of Ag2CrO4,
Ksp = 1 x 10-2
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-46
Ksp = [Ag+]2 [ CrO42-]
[Ag+] = 2s +0.01
0.01 >> 2s
[Ag+]  = 0.01M
[CrO4-2] = s
Ksp = (0.01)2. (s)
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-47

Question 20.
Write the expression for the solubility product of Ca3(PO4)2
Answer:
Ca3(PO4)2 (s) \(\rightleftharpoons\) 3Ca2+ (3s) + 2PO43- (2s)
Solubility of Ca3(PO4)2 is,
Ksp = [Ca2+]3 . [PO43-]2
Ksp = (3s)3 . (2s)2
Ksp= (27 s3) . (4s2)
Ksp = 108s5.

Question 21.
A saturated solution, prepared by dissolving CaF2(s) in water, has [Ca2+] = 3.3 x 10-4 M. What is the Kspof CaF2?
Answer:
CaF2 (s) \(\rightleftharpoons\) Ca2+(aq) + 2F(aq)
[F] = 2 [Ca2+] = 2 x 33 x 10-4 M
= 6.6 x 10-4 M
= [Ca2+] [F]2
= (3.3 x 10-4) (6.6 x 10-4)2
= 1.44 x 10-10

Question 22.
Ksp of AgCI is 1.8 x 10-10. Calculate molar solubility in 1 M AgNO3
Answer:
AgCI(s) Ag+(aq) + Cl(aq)
x = solubility of AgCI in 1M AgNO3
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-49
[Cl] = x
Ksp = [Ag+] [Cl]
1.8 x 10-10 = (1) (x)
x = 1.8 x 10-10M

Question 23.
A particular saturated solution of silver chromate Ag2CrO4 has [Ag+] = 5 x 10-5 and [CrO4]2- = 4.4 x 10 M. What is the value of for Ag2CrO4?
Answer:
Ag2CrO4 (s) \(\rightleftharpoons\) 2Ag+(aq) + CrO42-(aq)
Ksp = [Ag+]2 [CrO42-]
= (5 x 10-5)2 (4.4 x 10-4)
= 1.1 x 10-12

Question 24.
Write the expression for the solubility product of Hg2CI2.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-50

Question 25.
Ksp of Ag2CrO4 is 1.1 x 10-12 What is solubility of Ag2CrO4 in 0.1M K2CrO4.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-51
x is the solubility of Ag2CrO4 in 0.1 M K2CrO4
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-52

Question 26.
Will a precipitate be formed when 0.150 L of 0.1 M Pb(NO3)2 and 0.100 L of 0.2 M NaCl are mixed? (PbCI2) = 1.2 x 10-5.
Answer:
When two or more solution are mixed, the resulting concentrations are differnet from the original.
Total volume 0.250L
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-53
Precipitation of PbCI2 (s) occurs if [Pb2+][Cl]2 > Ksp
[Pb2+][Cl]2 = (0.06)(0.08)2
= 3.84 x 10-4
Since ionic product [Pb2+][Cl]2 > Ksp PbCl2 is precipitated.

Question 27.
of Al(OH)3 is 1 x 10-15 M. At what pH does 1.0 x 10-13 M AI3+ precipitate on the addition of buffer of NH4CI and NH4OH solution?
Answer:
Al(OH)3 Al3+ (aq) + 3OH (aq)
Ksp = [Al3+] [OH]3
Al(OH)3 precipitates when
[Al3+] [OH]3 > Ksp
(1 x 10-3)[OH]3 > Ksp
[OH]3 > 1 x 10-12
[OH] > 1 x 10-4M
[OH] = l x 10-4 M
pOH = – 1og10[OH] = – log (1 x 10-4) = 4
pH = 14 – 4 = 10
Thus, Al (OH)3 precipitates at a pH of 10

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium Evaluate Yourself

Question 1.
Classify the following as acid (or) base using Arrhenius concept

  1. HNO3
  2. Ba(OH)2
  3. HlPO4
  4. CH3COOH

Answer:
1. HNO3:
Nitric acid, dissociates to give hydrogen ions in water.
HNO3 is acid.

2. Ba(OH)2:
Barium hydroxide, dissociates to give hydroxyl ions in water.
Ba(OH)2 is base.

3. H3PO4:
Orthophosphoric acid, dissociates to give hydrogen ions in water.
H3PO4 is acid.

4. CH3COOH:
Acetic acid, dissociates to give hydrogen ions in water.
CH3COOH is acid.

Question 2.
Write a balanced equation for the dissociation of the following in water and identify the conjugate acid base pairs.

  1. NH4
  2. H2SO4
  3. CH3COOH.

Answer:
1. NH4 + Conjugate acid-base pair
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-56
NH4+ and NH3, H2O and H3O+ are two conjugate acid – base pairs.

H2SO4 and CH3COO, H2O and H3O+ are two conjugate acid-base pairs.

2. H2SO4:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-57
H2SO4 and HSO4, H2O and H3O+ are two conjugate acid-base pairs.

3. CH3COOH:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-58
CH3COOH and CH3COO, H2O and H3O+ are two conjugate acid-base pairs.

Question 3.
Identify the Lewis acid and the Lewis base in the following reactions.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-59

Answer:
(i). CaO + CO2 → CaCO3

  • CaO – Lewis base – All metals oxides are Lewis bases
  • CO2 – Lewis acid – CO2 contains a polar double bond.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-60

  • CH3 – O – CH3 – Lewis base – Electron rich species
  • AlCl3 – Lewis acid – AICI3 is electron deficient molecule.

Question 4.
H3BO3 accepts hydroxide ion from water as shown below
Answer:
H3BO3 (aq) + H2O(l) = B(OH)4 + H+
Predict the nature of H3BO3 using Lewis concept. Boric acid is also called as hydrogen borate or orthoboric acid. It is a weak mono basic Lewis acid of boron and it is written as B(OH)3. It accepts hydroxyl (OH) ion from water. It does not dissociate to give hydronium (H3O+) ion rather forms metaborate ion and this ions in turn give H3O ion.
B(OH)3 + H2O [B(OH)4] + H3O+ Hence it is considered as weak acid.

Question 5.
At a particular temperature, the Kw of a neutral solution was equal to 4 x 10-14. Calculate the concentration of [H3O+] and [OH].
Answer:
Given solution is neutral
[H3O+] = [OH]
Let [H3O+] = x ; then [OH] = x
Kw = [H3O+] [OH]
4 x 10-14 = x . x
x2 = 4 x 10-14
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-61

Question 6.

  1. Calculate pH of 10-8 M H2SO4
  2. Calculate the concentration of hydrogen ion in moles per litre of a solution whose pH is 5.4
  3. Calculate the pH of an aqueous solution obtained by mixing 50 ml of 0.2 M HCI with 50 ml 0.1 M NaOH

Answer:
1.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-62
In this case the concentration of H2SO4 is very low and hence [H3O] from water cannot be neglected
[H3O+] = 2 x 10-8 (from H2SO4) + 10-7 (from water)
= 10-8(2+ 10)
= 12 x 10-8 = 1.2 x 10-7
pH = – log10[H3O+]
= – log10( 1.2 x 10-7)
= 7 – log101.2
= 7 – 0.0791 = 6.9209

2.
pH of the solution = 5.4
[H3O+] = antilog of (- pH)
= antilog of (- 5.4)
= antilog of (-6 + 0.6) = \(\overline{6} .6\)
= 3.981 x 10-6
i.e., 3.98 x 10-6 mol dm-3

3.
No. of moles of HCl = 0.2 x 50 x 10-3 = 10 x 10-3
No. of moles of NaOH =0.1 x 50 x 10-3 = 5 x 10-3
No. of moles of HCl after mixing = 10 x 10-3 – 5 x 10-3
= 5 x 10-3
after mixing total volume = 100 mL
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-63
[H3O+] = 5 x 10-2 M
pH = – log ( 5 x 10-2)
= 2 – log 5
= 2 – 0.6990
= 1.30

Question 7.
Kb for NH4OH is 1.8 x 10-5 Calculate the percentage of ionisation of 0.06 M ammonium hydroxide solution.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-64

Question 8.
1. Explain the buffer action in a basic buffer containing equimolar ammonium hydroxide and ammonium chloride.

2. Calculate the pH of a buffer solution consisting of 0.4M CH3COOH and 0.4 M CH3COONa . What is the change in the pH after adding 0.01 mol of HCI to 500m1 of the above buffer solution.

Assume that the addition of HCI causes negligible change In the volume. Given: (K = 1.8 x 105).
Answer:
1. Dissociation of buffer components
NH4OH (aq) \(\rightleftharpoons\) NH4+ (aq) + OH (aq)
NH4CI → NH4+ + Cl
Addition of OH
The added H+ ions are neutralized by NH4OH and there is no appreciable decrease in pH.
NH4OH(aq) + H+ \(\rightleftharpoons\) NH4+(aq) + H2O (1)
Addition of
NH4 (aq) + OH (aq) → NH4OH (aq)
The added OH ions react with NH4 to produce unionized NH4OH . Since NH4OH is a weak base, there is no appreciable increase in pH.

2. pH of buffer
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-65
Addition of 0.01 mol HCI to 500 ml of buffer
Added [H+]
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-66
∴ pH = – log (1.8 x 10-5) = 4.74
Addition of 0.01 mol HCl to 500ml of buffer
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-67

Question 9.
1. How can you prepare a buffer solution of pH9. You are provided with 0.1 M NH4OH solution and ammonium chloride crystals. (Given: pKb for NH4OH is 4.7 at 25°C)

2. What volume of 0.6 M sodium formate solution is required to prepare a buffer solution of pH 4.0 by mixing it with 100 ml of 0.8 M formic acid. (Given: pKa for formic acid is 3.75.)
Answer:
1.
SamacSamacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-68heer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-15
We know that pH + pOH = 14
9 + pOH = 14
= pOH = 14 – 9 = 5
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-69
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-70
[NH4Cl] = 0.1 M x 1.995
= 0. 1995 M
=0.2 M
Amount of NH4CI required to prepare 1 litre 0.2 M solution = Strength of NH4CI x molar
mass of NH4CI
= 0.2 x 535
= 10.70 g
10.70 g ammonium chloride is dissolved in water and the solution is made up to one litre to get 0.2 M solution. On mixing equal volume of the given NH4OH solution and the prepared NH4CI solution will give a buffer solution with required pH value (pH = 9).

2.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-71
[Sodium formate] = number of moles of HCOONa
= 0.6 x V x 10-3
[formic acid] = number of moles of HCOOH
= 0.8 x 100 x 10-3
[formic acid] = number of moles of HCOOH
= 0.8 x 100 x 10-3
= 80 x 10-3
4 = 3.75 + log \(\frac { 0.6V }{ 80 }\)
0.25 = log \(\frac { 0.6V }{ 80 }\)
antilog of 0.25 = \(\frac { 0.6V }{ 80 }\)
0.6V = 1.778 x 80
= 1.78 x 80
= 142.4
V = \(\frac { 142.4 mL }{ 0.6 }\) = 237.33 mL

Question 10.
Calculate the

  1. hydrolysis constant
  2. degree of hydrolysis and
  3. pH of 0.05M sodium carbonate solution pKa for HCO3 is 10.26.

Answer:
1. Hydrolysis constant
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-72
Given
Kw = 1 x 10-14
c = 0.05 M
PKa = 10.26
Ka = – log Ka
Ka = antilog of (- pKa)
Ka = antilog of (- 10.26)
Ka = 5.49 x 10-11
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-73
h = 6.034 x 10-2

2. Degree of hydrolysis
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-74

3.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-75

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium Textbook Example problems solved

Question 1.
Identify the Lewis acid and the Lewis base in the following reactions.
Cr3+ + 6H2O → [Cr(H2O)6]3+
In the hydration of ion, each of six water molecules donates a pair of electron to Cr3+ to form the hydrated cation, hexaaquachromium (III) ion, thus, the lewis acid is Cr and the Lewis base H2O.

Question 2.
Calculate the concentration of OH in a fruit juice which contains 2 x 10 M, H3O+ Ion. Identify the nature of the solution.
Answer:
Given that H3O+ = 2 x 10-3 M
Kw = [H3O+] [OH]
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-76
2 x 10-3 >> 0.5 x 10-11
i.e., [H3O+] >> [OH], hence the juice is acidic in nature

Question 3.
Calculate the pH of 0.001M HCI solution
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-77
H3O from the auto ionisation of H2O (10-7 M) is negligible when compared to the H3O from 10-3 M HCI.
Hence [H3O+] = 0.001 mol dm-3
pH = – log10 [H3O+]
= – log10 (0.001)
= – log10 (10-3) = 3

Question 4.
Calculate pH of 10-7 M HCI
Answer:
If we do not consider [H3O+] from the ionisation of H2O, then [H3O+] = [HCl] = 107M i.e., pH =7, which is a pH of a neutral solution. We know that HCI solution is acidic whatever may be the concentration of HCI i.e, the pH value should be less than 7. In this case the concentration of the acid is very low (10-7M). Hence, the H3O+ (10-7M) formed due to the auto ionisation of water cannot be neglected. So, in this case we should consider [H3O+] from ionisation of H2O
Answer:
[H3O+] = 10-7 (from HCl) + 10-7(from water)
= 10-7 (1+1)
= 2 x 10
pH = – log10 [H3O]
= – log10(2 x 107) = – [log2 + log 10-7]
= – log 2 – ( – 7). 1og10
= 7 – log 2
= 7 – 0.3010 = 6.6990
= 6.70

Question 5.
A solution of 0.10 M of a weak electrolyte is found to be dissociated to the extent of 1.20% at 25°C. Find the dissociation constant of the acid.
Answer:
Given that α = 1.20% = \(\frac { 1.20 }{ 100 }\) = 1.2 x 10-2
Ka = α2c = (1.2 X 10-2)2 (0.1)
= 1.44 x 10-4 x 10-1 = 1.44 x 10-5

Question 6.
Calculate the pH of 0.1M CH3COOH solution. Dissociation constant of acetic acid is 1.8 x 10-5.
Answer:
pH = – log[H+]
For weak acids,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-78

Question 7.
Find the pH of a buffer solution containing 0.20 mole per litre sodium acetate and 0.18 mole per litre acetic acid. Ka for acetic acid is 1.8 x 10-5
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-79
Given that Ka = 1.8 x 10-5
pKa = – log (1.8 x 10-5)
= 5 – log 1.8
= 5 – 0.26 = 4.74
pH = 4.74 + log \(\frac { 0.20 }{ 0.18 }\)
= 4.74 + log \(\frac { 10 }{ 9 }\)
= 4.74 + log 10 – log 9
= 4.74 + 1 – 0.95
= 5.74 – 0.95
= 4.79

Question 8.
What is the pH of an aqueous solution obtained by mixing 6 gram of acetic acid and 8.2 gram of sodium acetate and making the volume equal to 500 ml. (Given: K for acetic acid is 8 x 10)
Answer:
According to Henderson – Hessalbalch equation,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-80
Given that Ka = 1.8 x 10-5
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-81
pH = 4.74 + log 1
pH = 4.74 + 0 = 4.74

Question 9.
Calculate

  • the hydrolysis constant,
  • degree of hydrolysis and
  • pH of O.1 M CH3COONa solution (pKa for CH3COOH is 4.74).

Answer:
CH3COONa is a salt of weak acid (CH3COOH) and a strong base (NaOH). Hence, the solutions is alkaline due to hydrolysis.
CH3COO (aq) + H2O (aq) \(\rightleftharpoons\) CH3COOH (aq) + OH (aq)
Give that pKa = 4.74
pKa = – log Ka
i.e., Ka = antilog of ( – PKa)
= antilog of ( – 4.74)
= antilog of( – 5 + 0.26)
10-5 x 1.8
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-82
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-83

Question 10.
Establish a relationship between the solubility product and molar solubility for the following

  1. BaSO4
  2. Ag2(CrO4)

Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-84

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium Multiple Additional Questions

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium 1 Marks Questions and Answers

I. Choose the best answer.

Question 1.
Which one of the following buffer is present in blood?
(a) CH3COOH + CH3COONa
(b) NH4OH + NH4Cl
(c) H2CO3 + NaHCO3
(d) HCI + NaCl
Answer:
(c) H2CO3 + NaHCO3

Question 2.
Which of the following is mostly used in fertilizer industry?
(a) Lactic acid
(b) Sulphuric acid
(c) Tannic acid
(d) Carbonic acid
Answer:
(b) Sulphuric acid

Question 3.
Which of the following is present in an antacid tablet?
(a) NaOH
(b) Mg(OH)2
(c) Al(OH)3
(d) either (b) or (c)
Answer:
(d) either (b) or (c)

Question 4.
The acid present in milk is …………..
(a) Lactic acid
(b) Tannic acid
(c) Tartaric acid
(a) Acetic acid
Answer:
(a) Lactic acid

Question 5.
Consider the following statements.
(i) Acid tastes sour
(ii) Acid turns red litmus to blue
(iii) Acid reacts with metals and liberates hydrogen gas

Which of the above statement is I are correct?
(a) (i) only
(b) (i) & (ii)
(c) (i) & (iii)
(d) (ii) only
Answer:
(c) (i) & (iii)

Question 6.
Consider the following statements.
(i) Acid tastes sour.
(ii) Acid turns blue litmus to red
(iii) Acid has a tendency to accept a proton from other substances.

Which of the above statement is I are not correct?
(a) (i) & (ii)
(b) (ii) & (iii)
(c) (iii) only
(a) (ii) only
Answer:
(c) (iii) only

Question 7.
Which of the following can act as an acid as well as base by Lowry – Bronsted theory?
(a) H2O
(b) NH3
(c) NH4OH
(d) Ca(OH)2
Answer:
(a) H2O

Question 8.
In the reaction HCI + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O + Cl which one of the acid-base pair?
(a) HCl + H3O+
(b) HCI + CI
(c) H3O + Cl
(d) H2O + Cl
Answer:
(b) HCI + CI

Question 9.
Which of the following is considered as Lewis acid?
(a) NH3
(b) BF3
(c) HF
(d) HCl
Answer:
(b) BF3

Question 10.
Which of the following is considered as Lewis base?
(a) BF3
(b) AICI3
(c) HCI
(d) NH3
Answer:
(d) NH3

Question 11.
Consider the following statements.
(i) A Lewis acid is a species that accepts an electron pair.
(ii) A Lewis acid is a species that donates an electron pair.
(iii) The ligand act as Lewis base.
Which of the above statement is / are not correct?
(a) (i) only
(b) (ii) only
(c) (I) & (ii)
(d) (ii) & (iii)
Answer:
(b) (ii) only

Question 12.
In [Cr(H2O)6]3+ which one of the following acts as Lewis acid?
(a) Cr
(b) Cr3+
(c) (HO)6
(d) Cr3-
Answer:
(b) Cr3+

Question 13.
In [Cr(H2O)6]3+ which one of the following acts as Lewis base?
(a) H2O
(b) H3O+
(c) Cr3+
(d) Cr
Answer:
(a) H2O

Question 14.
Among the following which is the strongest acid?
(a) Formic acid
(b) Acetic acid
(c) Hydrochloric acid
(d) Lactic acid
Answer:
(c) Hydrochloric acid

Question 15.
Which of the following is the weak acid?
(a) HCl
(b) H2SO4
(c) HNO3
(d) CH3COOH
Answer:
(d) CH3COOH

Question 16.
Identify the weakest acid?
(a) H3O+
(b) H2 SO4
(c) OH
(d) CH3COOH
Answer:
(c) OH

Question 17.
Which one of the following is the very weak base?
(a) NO2
(b) NO3
(c) NH2
(d) O2-
Answer:
(b) NO3

Question 18.
Which one of the following is the strong base?
(a) ClO4
(b) HSO4
(c) O2-
(d) F
Answer:
(c) O2-

Question 19.
Which of the following is the weak base?
(a) H
(b) OH
(c) HSO4
(d) F
Answer:
(d) F

Question 20.
The value of ionic product of water at 25°C is ………………..
(a) 1 x 10-7
(b) 1 x 107
(c) 1 x 10-14
(d) 1 x 1014
Answer:
(c) 1 x 10-14

Question 21.
Consider the following statements.
(i) The dissociation of water is an exothermic reaction.
(ii) With the increase in temperature, the ionic product of water value decreases.
(iii) With the increase in temperature, the ionic product of water value increases.
Which of the above statement is / are correct?
(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (ii) only
(c) (iii) only
(d) (ii) & (iii)

Question 22.
Which of the following is a neutral solution?
(a) Aqueous NaCl solution
(b) Aqueous NaOH solution
(c) Aqueous HCl solution
(d) Aqueous NH3
Answer:
(a) Aqueous NaCl solution

Question 23.
The pH of a neutral solution is ………..
(a) less than 7
(b) more than 7
(c) equal to 7
(d) 14
Answer:
(a) less than 7

Question 24.
If the pH of a solution is less than 7, it is called ………………… solution.
(a) Basic
(b) Acidic
(c) Neutral
(d) Amphoteric
Answer:
(b) Acidic

Question 25.
If the pH of a solution is more than 7, it is called ……………. solution.
(a) Basic
(b) Acidic
(c) Neutral
(d) Amphoteric
Answer:
(a) Basic

Question 26.
The pH value of water is …………..
(a) 14
(b) 7
(c) 3
(d) 1
Answer:
(b) 7

Question 27.
The pH of drain cleaner is ………..
(a) 7
(b) 1
(c) 14
(d) 0
Answer:
(c) 14

Question 28.
The pH of the battery acid is ………….
(a) 7
(b) 1
(c) 14
(d) 0
Answer:
(d) 0

Question 29.
The pH of 0.001 M HCI solution is ………
(a) 3
(b) 2
(c) 1
(d) 11
Answer:
(a) 3
Solution:
[H3O+] = 0.001 mol dm-3
pH = – log10 [H3O+] = – log10 [0.001]
= – 1og10 [10-3] = 3
pH = 3

Question 30.
The pH of 0.01 M HCl solution is …………..
(a) 3
(b) 2
(c) 1
(d) 10
Answer:
(b) 2
Solution:
[H3O+] = 0.01 M
pH = – 1og10 [H3O+] = – log10 [0.01]
= – 1og10[10-3] = 3
pH = 3

Question 31.
What is the pH of 0.1 M HCI solution?
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 13
(d) 3
Answer:
(a) 1
Solution:
[H3O+] = 0.1 M
pH = – log10[H3O+] = – log10[0.1]
= – log10[10-1]
pH = l

Question 32.
Consider the following statements.
(i) Degree of dissociation (a) is the fraction of the total number of moles of a substance that dissociates at equilibrium.
(ii) When the dilution increases by 100 times, the dissociation increases by 100 times.
(iii) When the dilution increases by 100 times, the dissociation increases by 10 times.
Which of the above statement is I are correct?
(a) (ii) only
(b) (i) & (iii)
(c) (iii) only
(d) (I) only
Answer:
(a) (ii) only

Question 33.
Which of the following is not a buffer solution?
(a) CH3COOH + CH3COONa
(b) NH4OH + NH4Cl
(c) H2CO3 + NaHCO3
(d) NaOH + NaCI
Answer:
(d) NaOH + NaCI

Question 34.
The mathematical expression of buffer capacity is …………
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-85
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-158

Question 35.
Which one of the following is not correct?
(a) pH+pOH = 14
(b) pH = 7 +\(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) pKa – \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) pKb
(c) pH x pOH = 1 x 1014
(d) pH = – log10 [H3O+]
Answer:
(c) pH x pOH = 1 x 1014

Question 36.
The chemical present in kidney as stones is …………..
(a) CaCl2
(b) Ca(CO3)2
(c) Calcium nitrate
(d) Calcium oxalate
Answer:
(d) Calcium oxalate

Question 37.
If the pH of an aqueous solution is 7, the solution is …………..
(a) slightly acidic
(b) strongly acidic
(c) neutral
(d) basic
Answer:
(c) neutral

Question 38.
Cl is the conjugate base of …………..
(a) HClO4
(b) HCI
(c) ClO4
(d) HClO3
Answer:
(b) HCI

Question 39.
The conjugate base of H2O and H2SO4 are …………..
(a) OH and HSO4
(b) H4O and SO42-
(c) OH and SO42-
(d) H3O and HSO4
Answer:
(a) OH and HSO4

Question 40.
The Ksp of AgI is 1.5 x 10-16. On mixing equal volume of the following solutions, precipitation will occur only with ………….
(a) 10-7MAg+ and 10-19M I
(b) 10-8MAg+ and 10-8M I
(c) 10-16 M Ag+ and 10-16 M I
(d) 10-9 M Ag+ and 10-9 M I
Answer:
(b) 10-8MAg+ and 10-8M I
Ksp of AgI = 1.5 x 10-16
10-8 M Ag+ and 10-8 M I
Ionic product = 10-16 = Ksp

Question 41.
The strongest Bronsted base in the following anion is ……………
(a) ClO
(b) ClO2-
(c) ClO3-
(d) ClO4-
Answer:
(a) ClO
Solution:
HClO is the weakest acid and its conjugate base ClO is the strongest base.

Question 42.
Calculate the hydrolysis constant of the salt containing NO2.
Given the Ka for HNO2 = 4.5 x 10-10
(a) 2.22 x 10-5
(b) 2.02 x 105
(c) 4.33 x 104
(d) 3.03 x 10-5
Answer:
(a) 2.22 x 10-5
Solution:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-86

Question 43.
Electrophiles are usually ……….
(a) Lewis acid
(b) Lewis base
(c) Bronsted acid
(d) Bronted base
Answer:
(a) Lewis acid
Solution:
Lewis acid are electrophile because they accept electron pair.

Question 44.
Which one is a Lewis acid?
(a) CIF3
(b) H2O
(c) NH3
(d) OH
Answer:
(a) CIF3
Solution:
CIF3 have vacant d-orbital in central atom.

Question 45.
An aqueous solution of ammonium acetate is …………….
(a) faintly acidic
(b) faintly basic
(c) fairly acidic
(d) Almost neutral
Answer:
(d) Almost neutral
Solution:
It is a salt of weak acid and weak base.

Question 46.
The dissociation constant of a weak acid is 1.0 x 10-10. The equilibrium constant for the reaction with strong base is …………
(a) 1.0 x 10-5
(b) 1.0 x 10-9
(c) 1.0 x 109
(d) 1.0 x 1014
Answer:
(c) 1.0 x 109
Solution:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-87

Question 47.
Arrange the acids
(i) H2SO3
(ii) H3PO3 and
(iii) HClO3in the decreasing order of acidity.
(a) (i) > (iii) > (ii)
(b) (i) > (ii) > (iii)
(c) (ii) > (iii) > (I)
(d) (iii) > (i)> (ii)
Answer:
(d) (iii) > (i)> (ii)
Solution:
Acidity is directly proportional to oxidation number. As the oxidation number of S, P and Cl in H2SO3, H3PO3 and HCIO3 is +4, +3, +5 respectively. So decreasing order of acidity will
be (iii) > (I) > (ii)

Question 48.
The pH of 0.1 M solution of a weak monoprotic acid 1% ionised is ………..
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Answer:
(c) 3
Solution:
Conc = 0.1 M
α = 1
= 0.1 x \(\frac { 1 }{ 100 }\) = 10-3
[H+] = 10-3
∴ pH = 3

Question 49.
Ksp for Cr(OH)3 is 2.7 x 10-3. What is the solubility in moles / litre?
(a) 1 x 10-8
(b) 8 x 10-8
(c) 1.1 x 10-8
(d) 0.18 x 10-8
Answer:
(b) 8 x 10-8
Solution:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-88

Question 50.
pKa of acetic acid is 4.74. The concenttation of CH3COONa is 0.01 M. The pH of CH3COONa
is …………..
(a) 3.37
(b) 4.37
(c) 4.74
(d) 0.474
Answer:
(a) 3.37
Solultion:
[H+] = c.α = \(\sqrt{\mathrm{K}_{\mathrm{a}} \cdot \mathrm{C}}\)
pH = – log \(\left(\mathrm{K}_{\mathrm{a}} \cdot \mathrm{C}\right)^{1 / 2}\)
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) [-1ogKa – log c]
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) [4.74 – log 10-2]
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) [4.74 + 2] = 3.37
pH = 3.37

Question 51.
One litre of water contains 10 mol hydrogen ions. The degree of ionisation in water will be …………….
(a) 8 x 10-7
(b) 0.8 x 10-9
(c) 3.6 x 10-7
(d) 3.6 x 10-9
Answer:
(a) 8 x 10-7
Solution:
1 litre of water contains 1000/18 mole.
So, degree of ionisation = \(\frac{10^{-7} \times 18}{1000}\) = 1.8 x 10-7

Question 52.
If the solubility product of lead iodide (PbI2) is 3.2 x 10-8. Then its solubility in moles / litre will be ………….
(a) 2 x 10-3.
(b) 4 x 10-4
(c) 1.6 x 10-5
(d) 1.8 x 10-5
Solution:
Ksp = 4s3
4s3 = 3.2 x 10-8
s = 2 x 10-3M

Question 53.
The pH of a soft drink is 3.82. Its hydrogen ion concentration will be ……………
(a) 1.96 x 10-2mol / L
(b) 1.96 x 1o-3 mol / L
(c) 1.5 x 10-4 mol / L
(d) 1.96 x 10-1 mol / L
Answer:
(c) 1.5 x 10-4 mol / L
Solution:
pH = 3.82 = – log10[H+]
∴ [H+] = 1.5 x 10-4 mol / litre

Question 54.
The pH of a solution at 25°C containing 0.10 M sodium acetate and 0.03 M acetic acid is …………..
(pKa for CH3COOH = 4.57)
(a) 4.09
(b) 5.09
(c) 6.10
(d) 7.09
Answer:
(b) 5.09
Solution:
pH = pKa + log \(\frac { [salt] }{ [acid] }\)
= 4.57 + log \(\frac { 0.10 }{ 0.03 }\) = 5.09

Question 55.
A weak acid is 0.1% ionised in 0.1 M solution. Its pH is …………..
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) 1
Answer:
(c) 4
Solution:
For a monobasic acid [H+] = c.α
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) x 0.001 = 10-4
pH = – log10[10-4] = 4

Question 56.
Which one of the following is not a buffer solution?
(a) 0.8 M H2S + 0.8 M KHS.
(b) 2 M C6H5NH2 + 2 M C6H5N
(c) 3 M H2CO3 + 3 M KHCO3
(d) 0.05 M KCIO4 + 0.05 M HCIO
Answer:
(d) 0.05 M KCIO4 + 0.05 M HCIO
Hint. HClO4 is a strong acid while buffer is a mixture of weak acid and its salt.

Question 57.
The pH of pure water or neutral solution at 50°C is …………… (pKw = 13.2613 at 50°C)
(a) 7.0
(b) 7.13
(c) 6.0
(d) 6.63
Answer:
(d) 6.63
Solution:
[H+] [OH] = 10-13.26
[H+] = [OH]
[H+] = \(\frac { { 10 }^{ \frac { -13.26 }{ 2 } } }{ 2 }\)
∴ pH = 6.63

Question 58.
Increasing order of acidic character would be ……………..
(a) CH3COOH < H2SO4 < HCO3
(b) CH3COOH < H2CO3 < H2SO
(c) H2CO3 < CH3COOH < H2SO4
(d) H2SO4 < H2CO3 < CH3COOH
Answer:
(d) H2SO4 < H2CO3 < CH3COOH

Question 59.
What is the pH of 1 M CH3COOH solution?. Ka of acetic acid is 1.8 x 10-5. K = 10-14 mol2 litre2.
(a) 9.4
(b) 4.8
(c) 3.6
(d) 2.4
Answer:
(a) 9.4
Solution:
CH3COO + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) CH3COOH + OH
[OH] = c x h
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-93
= 2.35 x 10-5
pOH = 4.62
pH + pOH = 14
pH = 14 – 4.62 = 9.38

Question 60.
4Na + O2 → 2Na2O
Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH
In the given reaction, the oxide of sodium is …………..
(a) Acidic
(b) Basic
(c) Amphoteric
(d) Neutral
Answer:
(b) Basic
Solution.
Na2O form NaOH so that it is basic oxide.

Question 61.
The pH of 0.001 M NaOH will be ………….
(a) 3
(b) 2
(c) 11
(d) 12
Answer:
(c) 11
Solution:
0.001 M NaOH means [OH] 0.001 .
10-3 pOH = 3
pH + pOH = 14
pH = 14 – 3 = 11

Question 62.
The addition of pure solid sodium carbonate to pure water causes …………….
(a) an increase in hydronium ion concentration
(b) an increase in alkalinity
(c) No change in acidity
(d) A decrease in hydroxide ion
Answer:
(b) an increase in alkalinity
Hint.
Adding Na2CO3 to water makes the solution basic and hence pH increases from 7.

Question 63.
When solid potassium cyanide is added in water then ……………
(a) pH will increase
(b) pH will decrease
(c) pH will remain the same
(d) electrical conductivity will not change
Answer:
(a) pH will increase
Hint:
KCN + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) KOH + HCN.
KOH is a strong base and HCN is a weak acid. So pH will increase.

Question 64.
pH of a solution is 5. Its hydroxyl ion concentration is …………..
(a) 5
(b) 10
(c) 10-5
(d) 10-9
Answer:
(d) 10-9
Solution:
pH = 5 means [H+] = 10-5
pOH = 14 – pH = 14 – 5 = 9
[OH] = 10-pOH = 10-9

Question 65.
Which one of the following is a buffer?
(a) CH3COOH + CH3COONa
(b) CH3COOH + CH3COONH4
(c) NaOH + NaCI
(d) CH3COOH + NH4CI
Answer:
(a) CH3COOH + CH3COONa

Question 66.
Which will have maximum pH?
(a) Distilled water
(b) 1 M NH3
(c) 1 M NaOH
(d) Water saturated by chlorine
Answer:
(c) 1 M NaOH
Hint:
NaOH has maximum [OH] and minimum of [H+ ] and so maximum pH value.

Question 67.
pH of a solution is 9.5. The solution is …………..
(a) Neutral
(b) Acidic
(c) Basic
(d) Amphoteric
Answer:
(c) Basic
Solution:
If pH = 7 solution is neutral
pH < 7 solution is acidic
pH > 7 solution is basic

Question 68.
A solution has pH = 5, it is diluted 100 times, then it will become ……………….
(a) Neutral
(b) Basic
(c) unaffected
(d) more acidic
Answer:
(a) Neutral
Solution:
pH = 5 means [H+] = 10-5
After dilution [H+] = 10-5 / 100 = 10-7 M
[H+] from H2O cannot be neglected.
Total [H+] = 10-7 + 10-7 = 2 x 10-7
pH = 7 – 0.3010 = 6.6990 = 7
pH = 7 (Neutral)

Question 69.
By adding a strong acid to the buffer solution, the pH of the buffer solution ……………..
(a) remains constant
(b) increases
(c) decreases
(d) becomes zero
Answer:
(a) remains constant

Question 70.
pH of human blood is 7.4. Then H+ concentration will be ……………..
(a) 4 x 10-8
(b) 2 X 10-8
(c) 4 x 10-4
(d) 2 x 10-4
Answer:
(a) 4 x 10-8
pH = – log [H+]
7.4 = – log [H+]
7.4 = log 1 – log [H+]
log [H+] = log 1 – 7.4
log [H+] = 8.6
[H+] Antilog of 8.6
= 4 x 10-8

Question 71.
The highest pH 14 is given by ……………….
(a) 0.1 M H2SO4
(b) 0.1 M NaOH
(c) 1 N NaOH
(d) 1 N HCl
Answer:
(a) 0.1 M H2SO4
Solution:
[OH] = 1
pOH = 0
pH + pOH = 14
pH = 14 – 0 = 14

Question 72.
Which of the following is not a Bronsted acid?
(a) CH3NH4
(b) CH3COO
(c) H2O
(d) HSO4
Answer:
(b) CH3COO
Hint:
Those substances which give a proton is called Bronsted acid, while CH3COO doesn’t have a proton. So it is not a Bronsted acid.

Question 73.
Pure water is kept in a vessel and it remains exposed to atmospheric CO2 which is absorbed, then its pH will be
(a) greater than 7
(b) less than 7
(c) equal to 7
(d) depends on ionic production of water
Hint:
CO2 is acidic oxide which on dissolution in water develops acidic nature.

Question 74.
As the temperature increases, the pH of KOH solution ……………..
(a) will decrease
(b) will increase
(c) remains constant
(d) depends upon concentration of KOH solution
Answer:
(a) will decrease

Question 75.
The pH of millimolar HCl is ………….
(a) 1
(b) 3
(c) 2
(d) 4
Answer:
(b) 3
Solution:
pH = – log [H+]
[H+] = 10-3
pH = log 1 – log [H+]
= log 1 – log 10-3 = 3

Question 76.
The unit of ionic product of water K is ……………
(a) mol-1 L-1
(b) mol-2 L-2
(c) mol-2 L-1
(d) mol2 L-2
Answer:
(d) mol2 L-2

Question 77.
Review the equilibrium and choose the correct statement.
HClO4 + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O+ + ClO4+
(a) HClO4 is the conjugate acid of H2O
(b) H3O is the conjugate base of H2O
(c) H2O is the conjugate acid of H3O
(d) ClO4 is the conjugate base of HCIO4
Answer:
(d) ClO4 is the conjugate base of HCIO4

Question 78.
Which of the following is the strongest conjugate base?
(a) CI
(b) CH3COO
(c) SO42-
(d) NO2
Hint:
CH3COO is a conjugate base of a weak acid.
CH3COOH \(\rightleftharpoons\) CH3COO + H+

Question 79.
Which one of the following substance has the highest proton affinity?
(a) H2O
(b) H2S
(c) NH3
(d) PH3
Answer:
(c) NH3

Question 80.
Which of the following is the strongest Lewis acid?
(a) BI3
(b) BBr3
(c) BCI3
(d) BF3
Hint:
Larger the size of the halogen atom less is the back donation of electrons into empty 2p orbital of B.

Question 81.
Which of the following is the weakest acid?
(a) HF
(b) HCI
(c) HBr
(d) HI
Answer:
(a) HF
Hint:
HF does not give proton easily.

Question 82.
Among the following, the weakest Lewis base is …………
(a) H
(b) OH
(c) CI
(d) HClO3
Hint:
CI is a conjugate base of strong acid HCI.

Question 83.
Which of the following is not a Lewis acid?
(a) BF3
(b) AlCI3
(c) HCl
(d) LiAIH4
Hint:
It is a nucleophile and capable of donating electron pair and so it can act as Lewis base.

Question 84.
Which one of the following is called amphoteric solvent?
(a) Ammonium hydroxide
(b) Chloroform
(c) Benzene
(d) Water
Answer:
(d) Water
Hint:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-163

Question 85.
Which of the following is non – electrolyte?
(a) NaCl
(b) CaCl2
(c) C12H22O11
(d) CH3COOH
Hint:
C12H22O11 is a sugar and non-electrolyte.

Question 86.
At infinite dilution, the percentage ionisation for both strong and weak electrolyte is ………….
(a) 1%
(b) 20%
(c) 50%
(d) 100%
Answer:
(d) 100%
Hint:
According to Ostwald’s dilution law, degree of ionisation is directly proportional to the dilution.

Question 87.
An acid HA ionises as HA \(\rightleftharpoons\) H+ + A The pH of 1.0 M solution is 5. its dissociation constant would be …………..
(a) 1 x 10-5
(b) 1 x 10-10
(c) 5
(d) 5 x 108
Answer:
(b) 1 x 10-10

Question 88.
Three reactions involving H2PO4 are given below.
(i) H3PO4 + H2O → H3O+ + H2PO4
(ii) H2PO4 + H2O → HPO42 + H3O+
(iii) H2PO4 + OH → H3PO4 + O2

In which of the above does H2PO4 act as an acid.
(a) (i) only
(b) (ii) only
(c) (i) & (iii)
(d) (iii) only
Answer:
(b) (ii) only

Question 89.
Which of the following is not a Lewis acid?
(a) CO
(b) SiCl4
(c) SO3
(d) Zn2+
Answer:
(c) SO3
CO does not contain vacant d-orbital.

Question 90.
A chemist dissolves an excess of BaSO4 in pure water at 25°C if its Ksp = 1 x 10-10 What is the concentration of Barium in the water?
(a) 10-14 M
(b) 10-5 M
(c) 10-15 M
(d) 10-6 M
Answer:
(d) 10-6 M

Question 91.
On addition of ammonium chloride to a solution of ammonium hydroxide ……………
(a) dissociation of NH4OH increases
(b) concentration of OH increases
(c) concentration of OH decreases
(d) concentration of NH4 and OH increases
Hint:
Due to common ion effect.

Question 92.
The solubility product of a salt having a general formula MX2 in water is 4 x 10-2. The concentration of M2+ ions in the aqueous solution of the salt is ………………….
(a) 2.0 x 10-6 M
(b) 1.0 X 10-4 M
(c) 1.6 x 10-4 M
(d) 4.0 x 10-2 M
Answer:
(b) 1.0 X 10-4 M
Solution:
MX2 \(\rightleftharpoons\) M2++ 2X
Ksp = (2s)2 (s) = 4s3
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-94
= 1.0 x 10-4M

Question 93.
The solubility of an aqueous solution of Mg(OH)2 be x then its Ksp is ……………
(a) 4 x3
(b) 108 x5
(c) 27 x4
(d) 9 x
Answer:
(a) 4 x3
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-95

Question 94.
What is the correct representation of the solubility product constant of Ag2CrO4?
(a) [Ag+]2 [CrO4-2]
(b) [Ag+] [CrO4-2]
(c) [2Ag+] [CrO4-2]
(d) [2Ag+]2 [CrO4-2]
Answer:
(a) [Ag+]2 [CrO4-2]
Ag2CrO4 \(\rightleftharpoons\) [2 Ag+] [CrO4-2]
Hence, Ksp = [Ag+]2 + [CrO4-2]

Question 95.
What is the pH value of \(\frac { N }{ 100 }\) KOH solution?
(a) 10
(b) 3
(c) 2
(d) 11
Answer:
(d) 11
Solution.
10-3 N KOH will give [OH] = 10-3 M
pOH = 3
pH + pOH = 14
pH = 14 – 3 = 11

Question 96.
Which pair will show common ion effect?
(a) BaCI2 + Ba(NO3)2
(b) NaCI + HCI
(c) NH4OH + NH4CI
(d) AgCN + KCN
Answer:
(c) NH4OH + NH4CI

Question 97.
The sotubility of AgCI will be minimum in ………….
(a) 0.00 1 M AgNO3
(b) pure water
(c) 0.01 M CaCI2
(d) 0.01 M NaCl
Answer:
(c) 0.01 M CaCI2
Solution.
0.01 M CaCI2 gives maximum CI ions to keep Ksp of AgCl constant, decrease in [Ag+] will be maximum.

Question 98.
Ionic product of water increases if ………….
(a) pressure is reduced
(b) H+ is added
(c) OH is added
(d) temperature increases
Answer:
(d) temperature increases
Solution:
Kw increases with increase ¡n temperature.

Question 99.
pH of water is 7. When a substance Y is added in water, the pH becomes 13. The substance Y is a salt of …………..
(a) strong acid and strong base
(b) weak acid and weak base
(c) strong acid and weak base
(d) weak acid and strong base
Answer:
(d) weak acid and strong base

Question 100.
Sodium chloride is purified by passing HCl gas in a impure solution of sodium chloride. It is based on ………………
(a) Buffer action
(b) Common ion effect
(c) Association of salt
(d) Hydrolysis of salt
Answer:
(b) Common ion effect

II. Fill in the blanks.

  1. …………. theory does not explain the behaviour of acids and base in non aqueous solvents.
  2. According to Lowry Bronsted theory, an acid is defined as a substance that has a tendency to …………. a proton and base is a substance that has a tendency to …………. a proton.
  3. HCI and Cl are called …………. pairs.
  4. A …………. acid is a positive ion or an electron deficient molecule.
  5. …………. is an anion or neutral molecule that donates one lone pair of electrons.
  6. The ligands act as …………. and the central metal atoms that accepts a pair of electrons behave as a ………….
  7. Carbonium ion act as …………. and carbanion act as ………….
  8. Acids with …………. greater than ten are considered as strong acids and less than one are called weak acids.
  9. OH and H2 are considered as ………….
  10. ClO4, Cl, HSO4, NO3 are considered as ………….
  11. …………. can act as an acid as well as base.
  12. At 25°C, the value of Kw is equal to ………….
  13. With the increase in temperature, Kw value is ………….
  14. The dissociation of water is an …………. reaction.
  15. Aqueous solution of HCl is …………. whereas aqueous solution of NH3 is ………….
  16. For neutral solutions, the concentration of [H3O+] as well as [OH] is equal to at 25°C.
  17. The pH of battery acid is equal to ………….
  18. The pH of drain cleaner is equal to ………….
  19. …………. is the fraction of the total number of moles of a substance that dissociates at equilibrium.
  20. When the dilution increases by 100 times, the dissociation increases by ………….
  21. When dilution…………., the degree of dissociation of weak electrolyte also increases.
  22. The buffer present in the blood is ………….
  23. …………. introduced a quantity called buffer index ? as a quantitative measure of the
  24. When an acid reacts with a base, a salt and water are formed and the reaction is called ………….
  25. …………. is the conjugate base of the weak acid CH3COOH.
  26. Kidney stones are developed over a period of time due to the precipitation of ………….
  27. The pH of sea water is …………. than 7.
  28.  O2- and H are ………….
  29. All metal ions (or) atoms are ………….
  30. All anions are ………….

Answers:

  1. Arrhenius
  2. donate, accept
  3. Conjugate acid-base
  4. Lewis
  5. Lewis base
  6. Lewis base, Lewis acid
  7. Lewis acid, Lewis base
  8. Ka value
  9. very weak acids
  10. very weak base
  11. Water
  12. 1 x 10-14
  13. increases
  14. endothermic
  15. acidic, basic
  16. 1 x 10-17
  17. zero
  18. 14
  19. degree of dissociation ?
  20. 10 times
  21. increases
  22. H2CO3 and NaHCO3
  23. Vanslyke, buffer capacity
  24. Neutralization
  25. CH3COO
  26. Calcium oxalate
  27. greater
  28. strong base
  29. Lewis acids
  30. Lewis bases

III. Match the following column – I & II using the correct code given below that.

Question 1.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-96
Answer:
(a) 4 3 1 2

Question 2.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-97
Answer:
(b) 3 1 4 2

Question 3.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-98
Answer:
(c) 2 3 4 1

Question 4.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-99
Answer:
(d) 4 3 2 1

Question 5.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-100
Answer:
(a) 3 1 4 2

Question 6.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-101
Answer:
(a) 2 3 4 1

Question 7.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-102
Answer:
(b) 2 4 1 3

Question 8.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-103
Answer:
(c) 3 1 4 2

Question 9.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-104
Answer:
(d) 3 4 1 2

Question 10.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-105
Answer:
(a) 2 1 4 3

Question 11.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-106
Answer:
(a) 3 4 2 1

IV. Assertion and reasons.

Question 1.
Assertion(A): In the process of dissolution of HCl in water, HCl act as acid and H2O act as base.
Reason (R): When HCl is dissolved in water, it donates a proton to water.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R explains A
(b) Both A and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(d) A is wrong but R is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R explains A

Question 2.
Assertion(A): When ammonia dissolved in water, H20 acts as an acid.
Reason (R): When ammonia is dissolved in water, it accepts a proton from water. According to Lowry – Bronsted theory, proton donor is acid and so water act as an acid.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(d) A is wrong but R is correct. .
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 3.
Assertion (A): In the reaction HCl + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O+ + Cl, HCl and Cl are conjugate acid – base pair.
Reason (R): By Lowry – Bronsted theory, chemical species that differ only by a proton are called conjugate acid – base pair.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is not the correct explanation of A
(d) A is wrong but R is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 4.
Assertion(A): BF3 is a Lewis acid.
Reason (R): Boron has a vacant 2p orbital to accept the lone pair of electrons donated by any substance to form a new coordinate covalent bond.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are wrong .
(c) A is correct but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(d) A is wrong but R is correct.
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 5.
Assertion(A): in coordination compounds, the ligands acts as Lewis acid aid the central metal atom or ion act as Lewis base.
Reason (R): Ligands are capable of accepting of a pair of electrons donated by the central metal atom or ion.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(d) A is wrong but R is correct.
Answer:
(b) Both A and R are wrong

Question 6.
Assertion(A): SiF4 can act as Lewis acid.
Reason (R): In SiF4, the central atom can expand its octet due to the availability of empty d – orbitais and can accept a pair of electrons.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is wrong
(d) A is wrong but R is correct
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 7.
Assertion(A): NH3, H2O, ROH all are examples of Lewis bases.
Reason (R): Molecules with one or more lone pairs of electrons act as Lewis bases.
(a) Both A and R are wrong
(b) A is correct and R is the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is wrong but R is correct.
(d) A is correct but R is wrong
Answer:
(b) A is correct and R is the correct explanation of A.

Question 8.
Assertlon(A): HCl is an strong acid while HCOOH is a weak acid.
Reason (R): HCI is completely ionised in water whereas HCOOH is paritally ionised in water.
(a) Both A and R are wrong
(b) A is wrong but R is correct
(c) A is correct but R is wrong
(d) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
Answer:
(d) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 9.
Assertion(A): With the increase in temperature, the ionic product of water also increases.
Reason (R): The dissociation of water is an endothermic reaction.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) A is correct but R is wrong
(c) A is wrong but R is correct
(d) Both A and R are wrong
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 10.
Assertion(A): When dilution increases, the degree of dissociation of weak electrolyte also increases.
Reason (R): The degree of dissociation a is inversely proportional to concentration c. When the dilution increases by 100 times, the dissociation increases by 10 times.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is wrong
(d) A is wrong but R is correct
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 11.
Assertion(A): The addition of sodium acetate to acetic acid solution leads to the suppression in the dissociation of acetic acid.
Reason (R): This is due to common ion effect. i.e., CH3COOH and CH3COONa both contains CH3COO ion as common.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) BothA and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is wrong
(d) A is wrong but R is correct
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 12.
Assertion(A): The solution of NH4CI has pH value less than 7.
Reason (R): The salt of weak base (NH4OH) and strong acid (HCl) is acidic in nature, when dissolved in water. So pH value is less than 7.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is wrong
(d) A is wrong but R is correct
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

Question 13.
Assertion(A): pH = 7 signifies pure water.
Reason (R): pH = 7 means it is a neutral solution where [H3O+] [OH]
(a) A is correct but R is wrong
(b) A is wrong but R is correct
(c) Both A and R are wrong
(d) A is correct and R does not explain A
Answer:
(b) A is wrong but R is correct

Question 14.
Assertion(A): A mixture of CH3COOH and CH3COONH4 is an acidic buffer.
Reason (R): An acidic buffer contains a weak acid and the salt of weak acid with strong base.
(a) A is correct but R is wrong.
(b) A is wrong but R is correct.
(c) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(d) Both A and R are wrong
Answer:
(b) A is wrong but R is correct.

Question 15.
Assertion(A): Buffer mixture is the one whose pH remains constant even by addition of strong acid or strong base.
Reason (R): To resist changes in its pH on the addition of an acid or base, the buffer solution should contain both acidic as well as basic components so as to neutralise the effect of added acid or base.
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A
(b) Both A and R are wrong
(c) A is correct but R is wrong
(d) A is wrong but R is correct
Answer:
(a) Both A and R are correct and R is the correct explanation of A

V. Find the odd one out and give the reasons.

Question 1.
(a) HNO3
(b) Ba(OH)2
(c) H3PO4
(d) CH3COOH
Answer:
(b) Ba(OH)2
Reason: Ba(OH)2 is the base whereas the others are acids.

Question 2.
(a) NH3
(b) H2O
(c) RNH2
(d) BF3
Answer:
(d) BF3
Reason: BF3 is a Lewis acid whereas others are Lewis base.

Question 3.
(a) SiF4
(b) SF4
(c) FeCl3
(d) NH3
Answer:
(d) NH3
Reason: NH3 is a Lewis base whereas others are Lewis acid.

Question 4.
(a) HCl
(b) H2SO4
(c) CH3COOH
(d) HNO3
Answer:
(c) CH3COOH
Reason: CH3COOH is a weak acid whereas others are strong acids.

Question 5.
(a) HCOOH
(b) CH3COOH
(c) Lactic acid
(d) HCI
Answer:
(d)HCI
Reason: HCl is a strong acid whereas others are weak acids.

Question 6.
(a) HClO4
(b) HCI
(c) HSO4
(d) H2SO4
Answer:
(c) HSO4.
Reason: HSO4 is a very weak base whereas others are strong acid.

Question 7.
(a) NH2
(b) O2
(c) H
(d) OH
Answer:
(d) OH
Reason: OH is a very weak acid whereas others are strong bases.

Question 8.
(a) HNO2
(b) HF
(c) H2SO4
(d) CH3COOH
Answer:
(c) H2SO4
Reason: H2SO4 is a strong acid whereas others are weak acids.

Question 9.
(a) F
(b) CH3COO
(c) O2
(d) NO2
Answer:
(c) O2-
Reason: O2- is a strong base whereas others are weak bases.

Question 10.
(a) Vinegar
(b) Black coffee
(c) Sea water
(d) Orange juice
Answer:
(c) Sea water
Reason: Sea water is basic and has pH > 7 whereas others are acidic and have pH < 7.

Question 11.
(a) Baking soda
(b) Tomato
(c) Soapy water
(d) Drain cleaner
Answer:
(b) Tomato
Reason: Tomato has pH less than 7 and it is acidic whereas others have pH greater than 7 and they are basic.

Question 12.
(a) CH3COOH + CH3COONa
(b) NH4OH + NH4CI
(c) H2CO3 + NaHCO3
(d) NaOH + NaCl
Answer:
(d) NaOH + NaCl
Reason: NaOH + NaCl is not a buffer mixture whereas others are buffer mixtures.

VI. Find out the incorrect pair.

Question 1.
(a) HNO3, H2SO4
(b) Al(OH)3 , Mg (OH)2
(c) CH3COOH, HCOOH
(d) H2O, OH
Answer:
(d) H2O, OH

Question 2.
(a) HCl , Cl
(b) H2O, H3O+
(c) HNO3 , HNO2
(d) H2SO4, HSO4
Answer:
(c) HNO3 , HNO2

Question 3.
(a) NH3, H2O
(b) ROH, ROR
(c) CN, SCN
(d) BF3, H2O
Answer:
(d) BF3, H2O

Question 4.
(a) BF3 , BF2
(b) Fe2, Fe3
(c) CaO, Mg(OH)2
(d) SiF4, SF4
Answer:
(c) CaO, Mg(OH)2

Question 5.
(a) Orange juice, Tomato juice
(b) Soapy water, Sea water
(c) Water, H3O
(d) Bleach , Ammonia solution
Answer:
(c) Water, H3O

VII. Find out the correct pair.

Question 1.
(a) HNO3, Ba(OH)2
(b) CH3COOH , HCI
(c) H3O+, Cl
(d) HCl + H2SO4
Answer:
(d) HCl + H2SO4.

Question 2.
(a) BF3, NH4+
(b) CH2 , CH3+
(c) Fe2+, Fe3+
(d) (CH3)3C+ , CH2 = CH2
Answer:
(c) Fe2+, Fe3+

Question 3.
(a) H3O+, HCI
(b) HSO4, NO2
(c) HNO2, H2
(d) HCl, Cl
Answer:
(d) HCI, CI

Question 4.
(a) Orange, Black coffee
(b) Baking soda,, Water
(c) Ammonia, Stomach acid
(d) Bleach , Tomato
Answer:
(a) Orange , Black coffee

Question 5.
(a) NH4OH + NaOH
(b) NaOH + NaCl
(c) CH3COOH + CH3COONa
(d) CH3COOH + CH3COONH4
Answer:
(c) CH3COOH + CH3COONa

VIII. Answer the following.

Question 1.
What are the general characteristics of acid and base?
Answer:

  1. Acid tastes sour, turns the blue litmus to red and reacts with metals such as zinc and produces hydrogen gas.
  2. Base tastes bitter, turns the red litmus to blue and soapy to touch.

Question 2.
Explain the Arrhenius concept of acid and base with example.
Answer:
1. According to Arrhenius concept, an acid is a substance that dissociates to give hydrogen ions in water. For example,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-107

2. Similarly a base is a substance that dissociates to give hydroxyl ions in water. For example,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-108

Question 3.
What are the limitations of Arrhenius concept?
Answer:
1. Arrhenius theory does not explain the behaviour of acids and base in non-aqueous solvents such as acetone, tetrahydro furan.

2. This theory does not account for the basicity of the substances like ammonia which do not possess hydroxyl group.

Question 4.
What is meant by strong acid and weak acid? Explain with example.
Answer:
1. A strong acid is the one that is almost completely dissociated in water.
HCl + H2O → H3O+ + Cl

2. A weak acid is the one that is partially dissociated in water.
CH3COOH +H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O + CH3COO

Question 5.
Give two examples for

  1. Strong acid
  2. Strong base

Answer:

  1. Strong acid: HCIO4, H2SO4
  2. Strong base: NH2, O2-

Question 6.
Give two examples for

  1. Very weak acid
  2. Very weak base

Answer:

  1. Very weak acid: OH,H2
  2. Very weak base: Cl, ClO4

Question 7.
Give two examples for

  1. Weak acid
  2. Weak base

Answer:

  1. Weak acid: HF, CH3COOH
  2. Weak base: F, CH3COO

Question 8.
What is meant by auto ionisation of water?
Answer:
Pure water has a little tendency to dissociate. i:e., one water molecule donates a proton to another water molecule. This is known as auto ionisation of water.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-109

Question 9.
Define – ionic product of water.
Answer:
H2O + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O + OH
The dissociation constant for the above ionisation is given as,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-110
The concentration of pure water is one.
i.e., [H2O]2 = 1
K = [H3O+] [OH]
Kw = ionic product of water.
Kw = 1 x 10-14 at 25°C

Question 10.
Kw = 1 x 10-14 at 25°C. Justify this statement.
Answer:
1. Experimentally found that the concentration of H3O in pure water is 1 x 10-7 at 25°C.

2. Since the dissociation of water produces equal number of H3O4 and OH, the concentration of OH is also equal to 1 x 10 at 25°C. The ionic product of water at 25°C is
Kw = [H3O+] [OH]
= [1 x 10-7] [1 x 10-7]
Kw = [1 x 10-14]

Question 11.
With increase in temperature, Kw also increases. Why?
Answer:

  1. All equilibrium constant Kw. is also a constant at a particular temperature.
  2. The dissociation of water is an endothermic reaction.
  3. With the increase in temperature, the concentration of H3O+ and OH also increases and hence the ionic product also increases.

Question 12.
Aqueous HCl is an acidic solution whereas aqueous NH3 is a basic solution. Justify this statement.
Answer:
HCI + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O+ + Cl in this case, in addition to auto ionisation of water, HCI molecule also produces H3O ion by donating a proton to water and hence [H3OJ> [OH]. It means that the aqueous HCI solution is acidic. Similarly in basic solution such as aqueous NH3, [OH] > [H3O+] and it is basic.

Question 13.
What is the statement of Ostwald’s dilution law.
Answer:
When dilution increases, the degree of dissociation of weak electrolyte also increases.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-111
This statement is known as Ostwald’s dilution law.

Question 14.
Define – Salt hydrolysis.
Answer:
Salts completely dissociate in aqueous solution to give their constituent ions. The ions so produced are hydrated in water. ¡n certain cases, the cation, anion ?r both react with water and the reaction is called salt hydrolysis. e.g.,
NaOH(aq) + HNO3(aq) → NaNO3(aq) + H2O(1)

Question 15.
What is meant by conjugate acid-base pair? Find the conjugate acid / base for the following species
Answer:
HNO2, CH, HCIO4, OH, CO32-, S2-
An acid-base pair which differs by a proton only (HA \(\rightleftharpoons\) A + H+) is known as conjugate acid-base pair.
Conjugate acid: HCN, H2O, HCO3, HS.
Conjugate base: NO2, ClO4, O2.

Question 16.
Which of the following are Lewis Acids?
H2O, BF3, H+ and NH4+
Answer:
BF3, H+ ions are Lewis acids.

Question 17.
What will be the conjugate bases for the Bronsted acids? HF, H2SO4 and H2CO3?
Answer:
Conjugate bases: F, HSO4, HCO3.

Question 18.
Write the conjugate acids for the following Bronsted bases:
NH2, NH3 and HCOO
Answer:
NH3, NH4 and HCOOH

Question 19.
The species H2O, HCO3, HSO4 and NH3 can act both as Bronsted acid and base. For each case, give the corresponding conjugate acid and base.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-112

Question 20.
Classify the following species into Lewis acids and Lewis bases and show how these can act as Lewis acid I Lewis base?
(a) OH ions
(b) F
(c) H+
(d) BCI3
Answer:
(a) OH ions can donate an electron pair and act as Lewis base.
(b) F ions can donate an electron pair and act as Lewis base.
(a) H+ ions can accept an electron pair and act as Lewis base.
(b) BCl3 can accept an electron pair since Boron atom is electron deficient. It is a Lewis acid.

Question 21.
Predict the acidic, basic or neutral nature of the solutions of the following salts:
NaCI, KBr, NaCN, NH4NO3, NaNO2, KF.
Answer:
NaCN, NaNO2, KF solutions are basic, as they are salts of strong base, weak acid.
NaCl, KBr solutions are neutral, as they are salts, of strong acid, strong base.
NH4NO3 solution is acidic, as it is a salt of strong acid, weak base.

Question 22.
Ionic product of water at 310 K is 2.7 x 10-14 What Is the pH of neutral water at this temperature?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-113

Question 23.
The aqueous solution of sugar does not conduct electricity whereas when sodium chloride is added to water, it conducts electricity. Justify this statement.
Answer:
1. Sugar is a non electrolyte and when it dissolves in water, there will be no ionisation takes place. If there is no free ions, it does not conduct electricity.

2. When sodium chloride is added to water, it is completely ionised to give Na ions and Cl ions. Due to the presence of ions, they will be possibility of electhcal conductance. Because ions are carriers of electric current.

Question 24.
A reaction betwen ammonia and boron trifluoride is given below
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-114
Identify the acid and base in the reaction. Which theory explain it?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-115
1. In the above reaction BF3 is an acid and NH3 is the base.

2. Lewis concept explain it as follows
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-116

3. A Lewis acid is an electron deficient molecule and capable of accepting a pair of electrons and a Lewis base is electron rich molecule and capable of donating a pair of electrons.

Question 25.
The salt of strong acid and strong base does not undergo hydrolysis. Explain.
Answer:
1. In this case, neither the cations nor the anions undergo hydrolysis. Therefore the solution remains neutral.

2. For example, in the aqueous solution of NaCl, its ions Na+ and Cl ions have no tendency to react with H+ or OH ions of water.

This is because the possible products of such reaction are NaOH and HCI which are completely dissociated. As a result, there is no change in the concentration of W and OH ions and hence the solution continues to remain neutral.

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium 3 Mark Questions ans Answers

Question 1.
Explain Lowry – Bronsted theory of acid and base.
Answer:
1. According to Lowry-Bronsted theory, an acid is defined as a substance that has a tendency to donate a proton to another substance and base is a substance that has a tendency to accept a proton from other substance.

2. An acid is a proton donor and a base is a proton acceptor.

3. When HCI is dissolved in H2O, HCI donates a proton to H2O. Thus HCI behaves as an acid and H2O is a base.
HCI + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O+ + Cl

Question 2.
Explain the reaction of water with ammonia by proton theory.
Answer:
1. When ammonia dissolved in water, it accepts a proton from water. In this case, ammonia (NH3) acts as a base and H2O is acid.

2. The reaction is represented as
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-117

3. The species that remains after the donation of a proton is a base (Base1) and is called the conjugate base of Bronsted acid (Acid1). In other words, chemical species that differ only by a proton are called conjugate acid base pairs Conjugate acid – base pair
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-118

Question 3.
Explain about the strength of acids on the basis of Ka value.
Answer:
1. Ka is called the ionisation constant or dissociation constant of the acid. It measures the strength of an acid.

2. Acids such as HCI, HNO3 are almost completely? onised and hence they have high Ka value i.e., Ka for HCI at 25°C is 2 x 106.

3. Acids such as formic acid and acetic acid are partially ionised in solution and have low Ka value. i.e., Ka for acetic acid 1.8 x 10-5 at 25°C

4. Acids with Ka value greater than ten are considered as strong acids and less than one considered as weak acids.

Question 4.
Write 3 formulas of strong acids, strong bases and weak acids.
Answer:

  1. HClO4, HCI, H2SO4 – are strong acids
  2. NH2, O2-, H – are strong bases
  3. HNO2, HF, CH3COOH are weak acids

Question 5.
pH of a neutral solution is equal to 7. Prove it.
Answer:
1. in neutral solutions, the concentration of [H3O+] as well as [OH] are equal to 1 x 10-7M at 25°C.

2. The pH of a neutral solution can be calculated by substituting this [H3O+] çoncentration in the expression
pH = – log10 [H3O+]
= – log10 [1 x 10-7]
= – ( – 7)log \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) = + 7 (l) = 7

3. pH = 7 for a neutral solution

Question 6.
Derive the relation between pH and pOH
Answer:
pH = – log10 [H3O] ………………(1)
pOH = – log10 [OH] ……………(2)
Adding equations (1) and (2),
pH + pOH = (- log10 [H3O+) + ( – log10[OH])
= – [(log10[H3O]) + (log10 [OH)]
pH + pOH = – log10[H3O+] [OH]
[H3O] [OH] = Kw
pH + pOH = – log Kw
pH + pOH = pKw
[pKw = – 1og10Kw]
At 25°C, the ionic product of water Kw = 1 x 10-14.
pKw = – 1og1010-14 = 14 log1010 = 14
pKw = 14
pH + pOH = 14 at 25°C.

Question 7.
When the dilution increases by 100 times, the dissociation increases by 10 times. Justify this statement.
Answer:
(i). Let us consideran acid with Ka value 4 x 104. We are calculating the degree of dissociation of that acid at two different concentration 1 x 10-2 M and 1 x 10-4 M using Ostwalds dilution law
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-119

(iv) i.e., when the dilution increases by 100 times (concentration decreases from 1 x 10-2M to 1 x 10-4M), the dissociation increases by 10 times.

(v) When dilution increases, the degree of dissociation of weak electrolyte also increase. (Ostwalsd’s dilution law).

Question 8.
What Is buffer solution? Give an example for an acidic buffer and a basic buffer.
Answer:

  1. Buffer is a solution which consists of a mixture of weak acid and its conjugate base (or) a weak base and its conjugate acid.
  2. This buffer solution resists drastic changes in its pH upon addition of a small quantities of acids (or) bases and this ability is called buffer action.
  3. Acidic buffer solution, Solution containing acetic acid and sodium acetate. Basic buffer solution, Solution containing NH4O and NH4Cl.

Question 9.
Define buffer capacity and buffer index.
Answer:

  1. The buffering ability of a solution can be measured in terms of buffer capacity.
  2. Buffer index ?, as a quantitative measure of the buffer capacity.
  3. It is defined as the number of gram equivalents of acid or base added to 1 litre of the buffer solution to change its pH by unity.
  4. β = \(\frac { dB }{ d(pH) }\). dB = number of gram equivalents of acid / base added to one litre of buffer solution. d(pH) = The change in the pH after the addition of acid / base.

Question 10.
How is solubility product is used to decide the precipitation of ions?
Answer:
1. When the product of molar concentration of the constituent ions i.e., ionic product exceeds the solubility product then the compound gets precipitated.

2. When the
ionic Product > Ksp precipitation will occur and the solution is super saturated. ionic Product < Ksp no precipitation and the solution is unsaturated. ionic Product = Ksp equilibrium exist and the solution ¡s saturated.

3. By this way, the solubility product finds useful to decide whether an ionic compound gets precipitated when solution that contain the constituent ions are mixed.

Question 11.
Derive the value of solubility product from molar solubility.
Answer:
1. Solubility can be calculated from molar solubility.i.e., the maximum number of moles of the solute that can be dissolved in one litre of the
solution.

2. For a solute XmYn
Xm Yn(s) \(\rightleftharpoons\) mXn+(aq) + n Ym-(aq)

3. From the above stoichiometrically balanced equation, it is clear that I mole of Xm Yn(s) dissociated to furnish ‘m’ moles of x and ‘n’ moles of Y. If’s’ is the molar solubility of Xm Ynthen
Answer:
[Xn+] = ms and [Ym-] = ns
Ksp = [Xn+]m [Ym-]n
Ksp = (ms)m (ns)n
Ksp = (m)m (n)n (s)m+n

Question 12.
The concentration of hydrogen ions ¡n a sample of soft drink is 3.8 x 10-3m. What is the. pH value? Whether the soft drink is acidic (or) basic?
Answer:
pH = – log10 [H3O+]
= – log10 [3.8 x 10]
= – log 3.8 + 3
= 3 – 0.5798 = 2.4202
pH = 2.42
When pH < 7, the soft drink is acidic.

Question 13.
The pH of a sample of vinegar is 3.76. Calculate the concentration of hydrogen ion in it.
Answer:
pH = – log10 [H3O+]
= – log10 = – pH = – 3.76
= \(\overline{4}\).24
[H3O+] = antilog \(\overline{4}\).24
= l.738 x 10-4
[H3O+] = 1.74.x 10-4M

Question 14.
The ionisation constant of HF, HCOOH, HCN at 298 K are 6.8 x 10-4, 1.8 x 10-4 and 4.8 x 10-9 respectively. Calculate the ionisation constant of the corresponding conjugate base.
Answer:
1. HF, conjugate base is F
Kb = Kw/Ka = \(\frac{1 \times 10^{-4}}{6.8 \times 10^{-4}}\) = l.47 x 10-11 = l.5 x 10-11

2. for HCOO
Kb = \(\frac{1 \times 10^{-14}}{1.8 \times 10^{-4}}\) = 5.6 x 10-11

3. for CN
Kb = \(\frac{1 \times 10^{-14}}{4.8 \times 10^{-4}}\) = 2.8 x 10 -6

Question 15.
The pH of 0.1 M solution of cyanic acid (HCNO) is 2.34. Calculate the ionization constant of the acid and its degree of ionization in the solution.
HCNO \(\rightleftharpoons\) H+ + CNO
pH = 2.34 means – log [H+] = 2.34 or log [H+] = – 2.34 = 3.86
or
[H+] = Antilog 3.86 = 4.57 x 10-3 M
[CNO] = [H+] = 4.57 x 10-3 M
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-123

Question 16.
The Ionization constant of nitrous acid is 4.5 x 10-4. Calculate the pH of 0.04 M sodium nitrite solution and also its degree of hydrolysis.
Answer:
Sodium mtrite is a salt of weak acid, strong base. Hence,
Kh = 2.22 x 10-11 Kw/Kb = 10-14/(4.5x 10-4)
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-124
[OH] = ch = 0.04 x 2.36 x 10-5 = 944 x 10-7
pOH = – log (9.44 x 10-7) = 7 – 0.9750 = 6.03
pH = 14 – pOH = 14 – 6.03 = 7.97

Question 17.
What is the minimum volume of water required to dissolve 1 g of calcium sulphate at 298K. For calcium sulphate, Ksp = 9.1 x 10-6.
Answer:
CaSO4(s) Ca2(aq) + SO2-4(aq)
If ‘s’ is the solubility of CaSO4 in moles L, then Ksp = [Ca2+] x [SO42-] = s2
or
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-125
= 3.02 x 10-3 x 136gL-1 = 0.411 gL-1
(Molar mass of CaSO4 = 136 g mol-1)
Thus, for dissolving 0.441 g, water required = I L
For dissolving 1g, water required = \(\frac { 1 }{ 0.411 }\)L = 2.43L

Question 18.

  1. Point out the differences between ionic product and solubility product.
  2. The solubllity of AgCI in water at 298 K is 1.06 x 10-5 mole per litre. Calculate is solubility product at this temperature.

Answer:
1. Ionic product

  1. It is applicable to all types of solutions.
  2. Its value changes with the change in con centration of the ions.

Solubility product

  1. It is applicable to the saturated solutions.
  2. It has a definite value for an electrolyte at a constant temperature.

2. The solubility equilibrium in the saturated solution is
AgCl (s) \(\rightleftharpoons\) Ag+(aq) + Cl (aq)
The solubility of AgCl is 1.06 x 10-5 mole per litre.
[Ag+(aq)] = 1.06 x 10-5 mol L-1
[Cl (aq)] = 1.06 x 10-5 mol L-1
Ksp = [Ag+(aq)] [Cl (aq)]
= (1.06 x 10-5 mol L-1) x (1.06 x 10-5 mol L-1)
= 1.12 x 10-2 moI2 L-2

Question 19.
The value of K of two sparingly soluble salts Ni(OH)2 and AgCN are 2.0 x 10-15 and 6 x 10-17 respectively. Which salt is more soluble? Explain.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-126
Ni(OH)2 is more soluble than AgCN.

Question 20.
If 0.561 g KOH is dossolved in water to give 200 mL of solution at 298 K, calculate the concentration of potassium, hydrogen and hydroxyl ions. What is its pH?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-159

Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Ionic Equilibrium 5 Marks Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Differentiate Lewis acids and Lewis bases.
Answer:
Lewis Acids

  1. Lewis acids are substances that can accept one or more lone pair of electrons.
  2. All metal ions (or) atoms can act as Lewis acids. Examples: Fe2+, Fe3+, Cu2+, Cr3+
  3. Molecules that contain a polar double bond can act as Lewis acids. Examples: SO2, CO2, SO3
  4. Molecules in which the central atom can expand its act due to the availability of empty d-orbitais can act as Lewis acid. Example: SiF4, SF4, FeCI3
  5. Carbonium ion (CH3)3C+ can act as Lewis acid
  6. Electron deficient molecules such as BF3, AlCl3, BeF2 act as Lewis acid (electron pair acceptors)

Lewis Bases

  1. Lewis bases are substances that can donate one or more lone pair of electrons.
  2. All anions can act as Lewis bases. Examples: F, Cl, CN, SO42-
  3. Molecules that contain carbon-carbon multiple bond. Example: CH2 = CH2, CH = CH
  4. All metal oxides can act as Lewis bases. Examples : CaO, MgO, Na2O
  5. CH2 carbanion cari act as Lewis acid
  6. Electron rich molecules such as NH3, H2O, ROH, R – O – R, R – NH2 act as Lewis base (Electron pair donors)

Question 2.
Explain about the ionisation of weak acid and how K2 is derived?
Answer:
1. Weak acids are partially dissociated ¡n water and there is an equilibrium between the undissociated acid and its dissociated ions.

2. Consider the ionisation of weak monobasic acid HA in water
HA + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) H3O+ + A …………….(1)

3. Applying law of chemical equilibrium, the equilibrium constant Kc is given by the expression
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-127

4. In dilute solutions, water is present in large excess, hence its concentration may be taken as constant say K. Further H3O+ indicates hydrated hydrogen ions, for simplicity, it may be replaced by H+. So the equation (2) becomes
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-128

5. The product of two constants K and K gives another constant. Let is be K2
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-129
The constant Ka is called dissociation constant of weak acid.

Question 3.
Explain Buffer action with suitable example.
Answer:
Buffer action:
1. Let us consider buffer solution containing CH3COOH and CH3COO Na. The dissociation the buffer components occur as below.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-130

2. If an acid is added to this mixture, it will be consumed by the conjugate base CH3COO to form undissociated weak acid. i.e., the increase in the concentration of H+ does not reduce the pH significantly.
CH3COO(aq) + H+(aq) → CH3COOH(aq)

3. If a base is added, it will be neutralised by H3O and the acetic acid is dissociated to maintain the equilibrium. Hence the pH is not altered.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-131

4. On the addition of an acid (or) base to a buffer solution, there will be no change in its pH value. Because the buffer solution should contain both acidic as well as basic components so as to neutralise the effect of added acid (or) base at the same time, these components should not consume each other.

Question 4.
Prove the buffer action of acetic acid and sodium acetate by the addition of 0.01 mol of solid sodium hydroxide.
Answer:
1. Consider one litre of buffer solution containing 0.8 m CH3COOH and O.8m CH3COONa. Assume that the volume change due to the addition of 0.01 mol of solid NaOH is negligible. Ka for CH3COOH is l.8 x 10-5.

2.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-132

3. The dissociation constant for CH3COOH is given by
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-133
The above expression shows that the concentration of H+ is directly proportional to
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-134
degree of dissociation of CH3COOH = α

4.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-135

5. Given that Ka for CH3COOH is 1.8 x 10-5
[H+] = 1.8 x 10-5
pH = – log [H+]
= – log [ 1.8 x 10-5]
= 5 – log 1.8
= 5 – 0.26
pH = 4.74

6. After adding 0.01 moI NaOH to I litre of buffer. Given that volume change due to the addition of NaOH is negligible. [OH] = 0.01 M. The consumption of OH are expressed by the following equation.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-136
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-137

7. The addition of a strong base (0.01 M NaOH) increased the pH only slightly i.e., from 4.74 to 4.75. So the buffer action is verified.

Question 5.
DerIve Henderson – Hasselbalch equation
Answer:
1. The concentration of hydronium ion in acidic buffer solution depends on the ratio of concentration of the weak acid to the concentration of its conjugate base present in the solution. i.e.,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-138

2. The weak acid is dissociated only to a small extent. Moreover due to common ion effect, the dissociation is further suppressed and hence the equilibrium concentration of the acid is nearly equal to the initial concentration of the unionised acid. Similarly the concentration of the conjugate base is nearly equal to the initial concentration of the added salt.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-139

3. [Acid] and [Salt] represent the initial concentration of the acid and salt, respectively used to prepare the buffer solution.

4. Taking logarithm on both sides of the equation
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-140

5. reverse the sign on both sides
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-141
Eqaution (6) & (7) are called Henderson – Hasselbalch equations.

Question 6.
Explain about the hydrolysis of salt of strong acid and a strong base with a suitable example.
Answer:
1. Let us consider the neutralisation reaction between NaOH and HNO3 to give NaNO3 and water.
NaOH(aq) + HNO3(aq) → NaNO3(aq) + H2O(1)

2. The salt NaNO3 completely dissociates in water to produce Na+ and NO3 ions
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-142

3. Water dissociates to a small extent as
H2O(1) H+(aq) + OH(aq)
Since [H+] = [OH], water is neutral.

4. NO3 ion is the conjugate base of strong acid HNO3 and hence it has no tendency to react withH+,

5. Similarly Na is the conjugate acid of the strong base NaOH and it has no tendency to react with OH

6. It means that there is no hydrolysis. In such cases [H+] (OH), pH is maintained and there fore the solution is neutral.

Question 7.
Explain about the hydrolysis of salt of strong base and weak acid. Derive the value of Kh for that reaction.
Answer:
1. Let us consider the reaction between sodium hydroxide and acetic acid to give sodium acetate and water.
NaOH(aq) + CH3COOH(aq) \(\rightleftharpoons\) CH3COONa(aq) + H2O(1)

2. In aqueous solution, CH3COONa is completely dissociated as follows.
CH3COONa(aq) CH3COO(aq) + Na+(aq)

3. CH3COO is a conjugate base of the weak acid CH3COOH and it has a tendency to react with H+ from water to produce unionised acid. But there is no such tendency for Na+ to react with OH

4. CH3COO(aq) + H2O(1) CH3COOH(aq) + OH3 and therefore [OH] > [H+], in such cases, the solution is basic due to the hydrolysis and pH is greater than 7.

5. Relationship between equilibrium constant, hydrolysis constant and the dissociation constant of acid is derived as follows:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-143
Equation (1) x (2)
Kh.Ka = [H+] [OH]
[H+] [OH] = Kw
Kh.Ka = Kw
Kh value in terms of degree of hydrolysis (h) and the concentration of salt (c) for the equilibrium can be obtained as in the case of Ostwald’s dilution law Kh = h2C and [OH] =Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-144

Question 8.
DerIve the value of pH of salt solution in terms of Ka and concentration of electrolyte.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-145

Question 9.
Explain about the hydrolysis of salt of strong acid and weak base. Derive Kh and pH for that solution.
Answer:
1. Consider a reaction between strong acid HCl and a weak base NH4OH to produce a salt NH4CI and water
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-160

2. NH4 is a strong conjugate acid of the weak base NH4OH and it has a tendency to react with OH- from water to produce unionised NH4 as below,
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-161

3. There is no such tendency shown by Cl and therefore [H+] > [OH] the solution is acidic and the pH is less than 7.

4. In the salt hydrolysis of strong base and weak acid, we have to derive a relationship between Kh and Kb as
Kh . Kb = Kw

5.
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-146

Question 10.
Discuss about the hydrolysis of salt of weak acid and weak base and derive pH value for the solution.
Answer:
1. Consider the hydrolysis of ammonium acetate
CH3COONH4(aq) → CH3COO(aq) + NH+4(aq)

2. In this case both the cation (NH4+) and (CH3COO) anion have the tendency to react with water.
CH3COO + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) CH3COOH + OH
NH4+ + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) NH4OH + H3

3. The nature of the solution depends on the strength of acid (or) base i.e., if Ka > Kb, then the solution is acidic and pH < 7, if Ka < Kb then the solution is basic and pH > 7. If Ka = Kb, then the solution is neutral.

4. The relation between the dissociation constant Ka, Kb and hydrolysis constant is given by the following expression.
Ka . Kb. Kh = Kw

5. pH of the solution
pH = 7 + \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)pKa – \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\)pKb

Question 11.
It has been found that the pH of a 0.01 M solution of an organic acid Is 4.15. Calculate the concentration of the anion, the Ionization constant of the acid and its pKa.
Answer:
HA \(\rightleftharpoons\) H+
pH = log [H+] or log [H+] = – 4.15 = 5.85
[H+] = 7.08 x 10-5 M = 7.08 x 10-5 M
[A] = [H+] = 7.08 x 10-5M
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-162
pKa = – logKa = – log (5.0 x 10-7) = 7 – 0.699 = 6.301

Question 12.
Assuming complete dissociation, calculate the pH of the following solutions.
(i) 0.003 M HCl
(ii) 0.005 M NaOH
(iii) 0.002 M HBr
(iv) 0.002 M KOH
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-148

Question 13.
What ¡s the pH of 0.001 M aniline solution? The ionisation constant of aniline is 4.27 x 10-10. Calculate degree of ionization of aniline in the solution. Also calculate the ionisation constant of the conjugate acid of anile.
Answer:
1. C6H5NH2 + H2O \(\rightleftharpoons\) C6H5NH3 + OH
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-149

2. Also
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-150

3. pKa + pKb = 14 (for a pair of conjugate acid and base)
pKb = – log (4.27 x 10-10) = 10 – 0.62 = 9.38
pKa = 14 – 9.38 = 4.62
i.e., – log Ka 4.62 or log Ka = – 4.62 =
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-151

Question 14.
Calculate the degree of ionization of 0.05 M acetic acid If its pKa value is 4.74. How is the degree of dissociation affected when its solution also contains

  1. 0.01 M
  2. 0.1 M HCI

Answer:
PKa = i.e., – log Ka = 4.74
or log Ka = 4 . 74 = 5.26
Ka = 1.82 x 10-5
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-152
In presence of HCI, due to high concentration of H+ ion, dissociation equilibrium will shift backward, Le., dissociation of acetic acid will decrease.
1. In presence of 0.01 M HCI, if x is the amount dissociated, then
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-153

2. In the presence of 0.1 M HCl, if y is the amount of acetic acid dissociated, then at equilibrium
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-154
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-155

Question 15.
The ionization constant of acetic acid is 1.74 x 10-5. Calculate the degree of dissociation of acetic acid in its 0.05 M solution. Calculate the concentration of acetate ions in the solution and its pH.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-156

Common Errors

  1. Acid and Base – Definiton
  2. pH value
  3. Buffer mixture
  4. Conjugate Acid base pair

Rectifications

  1. Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium-157
  2. pH neutral
  3. pH less than 7 – Acid
  4. pH more than 7 – Base
  5. Always either weak acid and its salt (or) weak base and its salt.
  6. They differ by H+. For e.g., CH3COOH. Its conjugate base is CH3COO. H2O – Acid and its conjugate base is OH

Hope you love the Samacheer Kalvi 12th Chemistry Chapter Wise Material. Clearly understand the deep concept of Chemistry learning with the help of Tamilnadu State Board 12th Chemistry Chapter 8 Ionic Equilibrium Questions and AnswersPDF. Refer your friends to and bookmark our website for instant updates. Also, keep in touch with us using the comment section.